TIGER

Journal Articles: 1,000 results
Salicylate Detection by Complexation with Iron(III) and Optical Absorbance Spectroscopy  Jeremy T. Mitchell-Koch, Kendra R. Reid, and Mark E. Meyerhoff
Describes an experiment for the undergraduate quantitative analysis laboratory in which salicylate, a component found in several medications and the active by-product of aspirin decomposition, is quantified through visible spectrophotometry.
Mitchell-Koch, Jeremy T.; Reid, Kendra R.; Meyerhoff, Mark E. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1658.
Consumer Chemistry |
Coordination Compounds |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Study of Molecular-Shape Selectivity of Zeolites by Gas Chromatography  Pei-Yu Chao, Yao-Yuan Chuang, Grace Hsiuying Ho, Shiow-Huey Chuang, Tseng-Chang Tsai, Chi-Young Lee, Shang-Tien Tsai, and Jun-Fu Huang
This analytical or physical chemistry sorption experiment uses hexane isomers as probe molecules to demonstrate the "molecular-shape selectivity" behavior of zeolites. Students can also modify the sorption protocol to build their own experiments.
Chao, Pei-Yu; Chuang, Yao-Yuan; Ho, Grace Hsiuying; Chuang, Shiow-Huey; Tsai, Tseng-Chang; Lee, Chi-Young; Tsai, Shang-Tien; Huang, Jun-Fu. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1558.
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Constitutional Isomers |
Gas Chromatography |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Physical Properties |
Separation Science |
Solid State Chemistry |
Molecular Recognition
Identification of Secondary Metabolites in Citrus Fruit Using Gas Chromatography and Mass Spectroscopy  Jean-Michel Lavoie, Esteban Chornet, and André Pelletier
Using a simple extraction and a gas chromatograph coupled with a mass spectrometer, this protocol allows students in analytical or organic chemistry to quantify and qualify monoterpenes from the peels of limes, grapefruits, and oranges.
Lavoie, Jean-Michel; Chornet, Esteban; Pelletier, André. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1555.
Alkenes |
Food Science |
Gas Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Natural Products |
Plant Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Simple Potentiometric Determination of Reducing Sugars  Henry Moresco, Pedro Sanson, and Gustavo Seoane
Describes a potentiometric method for reducing sugar quantification. Its advantages include simplicity, low cost, and the ability to be conducted in colored and turbid samples. This analysis is also safer than the standard LaneEynon method for the determination of reducing sugars.
Moresco, Henry; Sanson, Pedro; Seoane, Gustavo. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1091.
Carbohydrates |
Potentiometry |
Quantitative Analysis
Synthesis of Diapocynin  Mina S. Dasari, Kristy M. Richards, Mikaela L. Alt, Clark F. P. Crawford, Amanda Schleiden, Jai Ingram, Abdel Aziz Amadou Hamidou, Angela Williams, Patricia A. Chernovitz, Rensheng Luo, Grace Y. Sun, Ron Luchtefeld, and Robert E. Smith
Diapocynin is synthesized by the oxidative coupling of apocynin and analyzed by FTIR, 1H NMR, and negative ion atmospheric pressure chemical ionization LCMS.
Dasari, Mina S.; Richards, Kristy M.; Alt, Mikaela L.; Crawford, Clark F. P.; Schleiden, Amanda; Ingram, Jai; Hamidou, Abdel Aziz Amadou; Williams, Angela; Chernovitz, Patricia A.; Luo, Rensheng; Sun, Grace Y.; Luchtefeld, Ron; Smith, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 411.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
HPLC |
Mass Spectrometry |
Phenols |
Synthesis
Introducing Students to the Scientific Literature  Lee Roecker
Describes an exercise in a quantitative analysis course that uses the primary literature to provide students with practice in the interpretation of statistical data, the use of spreadsheets, critical evaluation of scientific evidence, and insight into the work of analytical chemists.
Roecker, Lee. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1380.
Instrumental Methods |
Student / Career Counseling
Introduction to HPLC (John Dolan and Dennis Saunders)  David Harvey
Introduction to HPLC, an e-Learning course, consists of four modules that cover the fundamentals of HPLC theory and HPLC instrumentation.
Harvey, David. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 419.
HPLC |
Enrichment / Review Materials
Mercury-Free Analysis of Lead in Drinking Water by Anodic Stripping Square Wave Voltammetry  Jeremy P. Wilburn, Kyle L. Brown, and David E. Cliffel
The analysis of drinking water for lead, which has well-known adverse health effects, provides an instructive example of the use of analytical chemistry to monitor a common hazard of everyday life. This article offers a mercury-free analytical method for the analysis of lead in drinking water using square wave anodic stripping voltammetry.
Wilburn, Jeremy P.; Brown, Kyle L.; Cliffel, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 312.
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
An Undergraduate Experiment for the Measurement of Perfluorinated Surfactants in Fish Liver by Liquid Chromatography–Tandem Mass Spectrometry  Naomi L. Stock, Jonathan W. Martin, Yun Ye, and Scott A. Mabury
Describes an undergraduate laboratory experiment to measure perfluorinated surfactants in fish livers, providing a hands-on opportunity for students to learn new sample preparation and extraction procedures and the specific techniques of LCMS/MS.
Stock, Naomi L.; Martin, Jonathan W.; Ye, Yun; Mabury, Scott A. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 310.
Chromatography
Chemical Speciation Analysis of Sports Drinks by Acid–Base Titrimetry and Ion Chromatography: A Challenging Beverage Formulation Project  Howard Drossman
Describes a three-part laboratory project that integrates a full chemical speciation analysis of Gatorade and Powerade, including base standardization, potentiometric or colorimetric titration, and ion chromatography.
Drossman, Howard. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 124.
Acids / Bases |
Food Science |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chromatography
Microwave-Mediated Synthesis of Lophine: Developing a Mechanism To Explain a Product   R. David Crouch, Jessica L. Howard, Jennifer L. Zile, and Kathryn H. Barker
Describes the microwave-mediated preparation of lophine (2,4,5-triphenylimidazole). The experiment also provides an opportunity for students to employ the principles of carbonyl chemistry in devising a mechanism to explain the formation of the product.
Crouch, R. David; Howard, Jessica L.; Zile, Jennifer L.; Barker, Kathryn H. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1658.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Aromatic Compounds |
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Modeling |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Improving Conceptions in Analytical Chemistry: The Central Limit Theorem  Margarita Rodríguez-López and Arnaldo Carrasquillo, Jr.
This article describes the central limit theorem, the pedagogic rational for teaching it in analytical chemistry, and some concepts that could be improved through its application.
Rodríguez-López, Margarita; Carrasquillo, Arnaldo, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1645.
Chemometrics |
Learning Theories |
Quantitative Analysis
Assaying α-Dicarbonyl Compounds in Wine: A Complementary GC–MS, HPLC, and Visible Spectrophotometric Analysis  Tammy J. Dwyer and Jeremiah D. Fillo
A facile, aqueous reaction coupled with gas chromatographymass spectrometry, visible spectrophotometry, and high performance liquid chromatography is used to quantify the amounts of a-dicarbonyl compounds in wine samples.
Dwyer, Tammy J.; Fillo, Jeremiah D. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 273.
Aromatic Compounds |
Chromatography |
Food Science |
HPLC |
Mass Spectrometry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Preparation, Analysis, and Characterization of Some Transition Metal Complexes—A Holistic Approach  Kristy M. Blyth, Lindsay R. Mullings, David N. Phillips, David Pritchard, and Wilhelm van Bronswijk
In this laboratory procedure, a wide range of complexes are characterized by IR and UVvis spectroscopy, magnetochemistry, and conductance. The results allow one to the deduce the nature and strength of the bonding of the ligand to the central atom and the number of ions that the complex produces in aqueous solution.
Blyth, Kristy M.; Mullings, Lindsay R.; Phillips, David N.; Pritchard, David; van Bronswijk, Wilhelm. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1667.
IR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis |
Synthesis |
Conductivity
Laboratory Experiments on the Electrochemical Remediation of the Environment. Part 8. Microscale Simultaneous Photocatalysis  Jorge G. Ibanez, Rodrigo Mena-Brito, and Arturo Fregoso-Infante
In this article we describe a microscale experiment in which the simultaneous oxidation of an organic compound (citric acid) and the reduction of a metal ion (Cu2+) are photocatalytically performed in an aqueous slurry containing TiO2 irradiated with UV light. This produces electrons (capable of reducing the metal ions) and holes (capable of oxidizing the organic molecule) that can be used for environmental clean up. The experiment allows students to have a better comprehension of the different phenomena involved in a typical photocatalytic process.
Ibanez, Jorge G.; Mena-Brito, Rodrigo; Fregoso-Infante, Arturo. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1549.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Microscale Lab |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions |
Photochemistry |
Semiconductors |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Analysis of Phosphoric Acid Content in Popular Carbonated Drinks  Jessie Rodgers and Marina Koether
By studying a number of soft drinks with color but with or without phosphoric acid, the authors have determined that the required 20-fold dilution required in the Determination of Phosphorus in Cola Drinks is not to dilute the color but merely to place the sample within the calibration range of the analysis.
Rodgers, Jessie; Koether, Marina. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1471.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Capillary Electrophoresis Analysis of Substituted Benzoic Acids. An Experiment for the Organic Synthesis Laboratory  Nancy S. Mills, John D. Spence, and Michelle M. Bushey
We have introduced an experiment into the organic chemistry sequence, in the synthesis laboratory, that utilizes capillary electrophoresis to evaluate the pKa shift on a series of student-prepared substituted benzoic acids. The pKa shift is examined in reference to the electrophoretic-migration behavior of benzoic acid and is a result of the electron-withdrawing or electron-donating characteristics of the substituent. This strategy allows us to increase the exposure of students to modern methods of separation. We are using repeated exposure to increase students' knowledge of separation strategies and techniques.
Mills, Nancy S.; Spence, John D.; Bushey, Michelle M. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1226.
Synthesis |
Electrophoresis |
Grignard Reagents |
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science
Single-Molecule Electronic Measurements with Metal Electrodes  Stuart Lindsay
The process of transferring electrons from one metal electrode to another via an intervening molecule differs from electrochemically or optically-induced electron transfer in important ways. The simplest process of ballistic electron transport with no charge localization on the molecule (tunneling) should be easy to understand quantitatively, yet experimental reports and theoretical calculations can differ by orders of magnitude. Here, we show how many of the discrepancies are resolved with measurements carefully constructed to provide data on single molecules connected to electrodes in well-defined ways.
Lindsay, Stuart. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 727.
Electrochemistry |
Nanotechnology |
Oxidation / Reduction
Understanding Mass Spectra, A Basic Approach, Second Edition (R. Martin Smith)  Bill Boggess
The interpretation of mass spectra represents arguably the most significant challenge to both newcomers and practitioners in the field of mass spectrometry (MS). For those of us who have ever struggled to use a mass spectrum to solve the structure of an organic compound, R. Martin Smith offers the second edition of Understanding Mass Spectra, A Basic Approach. Fortunately, the author manages to go well beyond the obvious and expected explanations of the common modes of fragmentation for ions generated during electron ionization (EI) by offering a rational approach to mass spectral problem solving. This ten-step approach, which represents the most important contribution of this text, appears in chapter 5 and is condensed into table 5.1.
Boggess, Bill. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 687.
Mass Spectrometry |
Instrumental Methods
Exploring Chemical Analysis, 3rd Edition (Daniel C. Harris)  Jack K. Steehler
Exploring Chemical Analysis is a lighter version of Daniel Harriss popular Quantitative Chemical Analysis textbook, which is a common choice for quantitative analysis courses. Although slimmed down to about 70% of the length of the longer book, Exploring Chemical Analysis does not have the feel of a watered down version. It covers almost exactly the same list of topics, in good detail. It would be a fine choice for a quantitative analysis course or other single-semester analytical courses that precede instrumental analysis. It is also suitable for less traditional courses, such as a freshman level course for well prepared science majors.
Steehler, Jack K. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 685.
Quantitative Analysis
Addendum to "Laser-Pointer-Based Spectrometer for Endpoint Detection of EDTA Titrations"  Chris Dahm
It has come to my attention that a paper that I recently published in the Journal should have referenced an article previously published in the Journal by Mehta and Dallinger entitled A Colorimetric Titration Experiment with Laser Excitation and Computer-Interfaced Endpoint Detection. I would like to thank Dr. Dallinger for bringing this to my attention and I apologize for not including his paper.
Dahm, Chris. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 683.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
Research Advances: Designing Dendrimers To Offer Micelle-type Nanocontainers; Optical Biosensor for Glucose Possible through Biocatalytic Nanoparticle Growth; Carbon Nanotubes and Human Cells?  Angela G. King
This Report from Other Journals: Research Advances surveys recently published articles of interest to chemists. Topics surveyed include a report on how a dendrimer turns "inside out" in solvents of different polarities; findings about how gold nanoparticle growth can be used to measure glucose concentrations; and studies showing that nanomaterials can enter and irritate human cells.
King, Angela G. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 666.
Medicinal Chemistry |
Micelles |
Nanotechnology
Screening Technique for Lead and Cadmium in Toys and Other Materials Using Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy  Henry Brouwer
This article describes a simple method to determine the presence of metals such as lead and cadmium in plastic toys, paints, and other solids using an atomic absorption spectrometer (AAS) without going through the time-consuming sample preparation steps. Basically, the method involves transferring solid sample to a nichrome wire by placing a small sample on a wire loop or touching the heated wire to the sample and then heating the wire in the AAS flame. By choosing the appropriate radiation source and wavelength, the presence of different metals may be determined qualitatively.
Brouwer, Henry. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 611.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry |
Metals |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
A Sensitive Nitrate Ion-Selective Electrode from a Pencil Lead. An Analytical Laboratory Experiment  Tatyana A. Bendikov and Thomas C. Harmon
This article summarizes a simple procedure for preparing and testing a nitrate ion-selective electrode based on doped polypyrrole films. Everyday pencil leads were used as a substrate for the electrochemical deposition of polypyrrole. Nitrate-doped polypyrrole electrodes, tested potentiometrically for their response to varying NO3concentrations, exhibited Nernstian behavior with a linear response to nitrate concentrations spanning three orders of magnitude.
Bendikov, Tatyana A.; Harmon, Thomas C. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 439.
Ion Exchange |
Quantitative Analysis |
Ion Selective Electrodes
Separation and Determination of Cr(III) and Cr(VI) with Cation-Exchange Chromatography and Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy. An Experiment for Quantitative Methods of Analysis  Ali Bazzi, Bette Kreuz, James Wuokila, and Ahmed Maqboul
This article reports on the separation and determination of Cr(III) and Cr(VI) with cation-exchange chromatography and flame atomic absorption spectroscopy. A sample containing the two ions is added to a column containing a cation-exchange resin; the Cr(VI) ions are not retained by the resin and are collected in the effluent. The Cr(III) ions are retained by the resin and eluted with an HCl solution. The separated ions are aspirated into an air/acetylene flame and the absorbance measurements are made at 357.9 nm and 0.2-nm slit width. The experiment has been implemented in a quantitative methods of analysis course.
Bazzi, Ali; Kreuz, Bette; Wuokila, James; Maqboul, Ahmed. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 435.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Ion Exchange |
Quantitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Chromatography |
Atomic Spectroscopy
A Quantitative Examination of Multiple Methods for Standardizing a Dilute Hydrochloric Acid Solution in an Undergraduate Chemistry Laboratory  Nancy E. Meagher, Dana B. Bowens, and B. Shawn Clark
The objective of the project was to compare the different published methods for standardizing dilute hydrochloric acid solutions. There are three different suitable bases available for the process and multiple indicator choices. This article attempts to identify the most accurate method(s) for use in the undergraduate laboratory. Students were given an "unknown" solution of dilute HCl and assigned to standardize it by eight methods (32 titrations), reporting both their experimental results and preference for the different indicatorbase combinations.
Meagher, Nancy E.; Bowens, Dana B.; Clark, B. Shawn. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 428.
Acids / Bases |
Quantitative Analysis
A Simple Method for Measuring Ground-Level Ozone in the Atmosphere  John V. Seeley, Arthur W. Bull, Richard J. Fehir, Jr., Susan Cornwall, Gabriel A. Knudsen, and Stacy K. Seeley
This laboratory experiment applies several different fundamental concepts including oxidationreduction chemistry, the ideal gas law, and spectroscopic analysis. In addition, students are provided with unique experiences in constructing simple instrumentation and collecting environmental samples.
Seeley, John V.; Bull, Arthur W.; Fehir, Richard J., Jr.; Cornwall, Susan; Knudsen, Gabriel A.; Seeley, Stacy K. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 282.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Gases
M&M Orange  Kurt R. Birdwhistell and Thomas G. Spence
We cannot confirm or dispute Elders assignment of the identity of the dye. Without doing a few experiments we cannot comment further.
Birdwhistell, Kurt R.; Spence, Thomas G. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 209.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Dyes / Pigments |
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry
M&M Orange  John W. Elder
The article A New Glow on the Chromatography of M&M Candies was of interest to us as we had run a similar experiment using Kool-Aid dyes for some time. Last year we included this experiment in our organic labs on chromatography with considerable success. But I was intrigued by the identity of the unidentified orange listed in the supplementary material as being found in orange and brown M&Ms.
Elder, John W. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 209.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Dyes / Pigments |
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry
Writing-Intensive Multimedia Projects in the Instrumental Methods Course  Hal Van Ryswyk
A writing-intensive, team-based multimedia project has been incorporated into the instrumental methods course. The project serves two student populations: students in the course gain an enhanced understanding of an instrumental technique through extensive, focused writing, while first-time instrument users outside of the course gain useful documentation and high-quality point-of-use training.
Van Ryswyk, Hal. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 70.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Analytical Chemistry for Technicians, 3rd Edition (John Kenkel)  David T. Harvey
Faculty teaching analytical chemistry in programs awarding two-year degrees in chemical or laboratory science technology face a shortage of textbooks written specifically for this audience. John Kenkel, a faculty member in the Laboratory Science Technology program at Southeast Community College in Nebraska, has written several textbooks to fill this gap. This third edition of Analytical Chemistry for Technicians, whose development received support from DuPont and the National Science Foundation, is the latest addition to this much-needed resource.
Harvey, David T. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 39.
Analysis of Gold Ores by Fire Assay  Kristy M. Blyth, David N. Phillips, and Wilhelm van Bronswijk
This article describes a laboratory exercise for the analysis of gold using the fire-assay technique. This method of analysis not only provides students with an introduction to the technique of fire assay, but also covers some very interesting acidbase and redox chemistry. The gold is collected in a lead button while the remainder of the constituents find their way into a slag. The gold is recovered from the lead by absorption in a boneash cupel.
Blyth, Kristy M.; Phillips, David N.; van Bronswijk, Wilhelm. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1780.
Acids / Bases |
Industrial Chemistry |
Metals |
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction
Gravimetric Titrations: In Support of Weight Titration Techniques  Richard W. Ramette
I write in support of the recommendations of Stephen Hawkes on gravimetric titrations. Weight titration techniques are, in my opinion, by far the best way to bring volumetric analysis into the 20th (let alone 21st) century.
Ramette, Richard W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1715.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Gravimetric Titrations: Save Time, Expense, and Error by Using Weight Burets  Stephen J. Hawkes
Two papers have shown the superiority of a cheap plastic squeeze bottle used as a weight buret over an expensive volumetric buret. These papers were published at a time, now past, when precise weighing was inconvenient.
Hawkes, Stephen J. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1715.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Studying Current–Potential Curves Using Bipotentiometric Iodometric Back-Titration for the Determination of Ascorbic Acid in Fruits and Vegetables  Roxana A. Verdini and Claudia M. Lagier
A method for the determination of the ascorbic acid content in fruits and vegetables was used to introduce the principles of voltammetry. The procedure combines an iodometric back-titration with voltammetric (bipotentiometric) end point detection, which minimizes the risk of ascorbic acid oxidation, allowing for a rapid and efficient quantification of vitamin C in fruits and vegetables. A better understanding of the titration curve is achieved by analyzing the schematic currentpotential curves of the anodic and cathodic half-cell reactions during the titration.
Verdini, Roxana A.; Lagier, Claudia M. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1482.
Constitutional Isomers |
Electrochemistry |
Food Science |
Instrumental Methods |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Vitamins |
Consumer Chemistry
Unified Approximations: A New Approach for Monoprotic Weak Acid–Base Equilibria  Harry L. Pardue, Ihab N. Odeh, and Teweldemedhin M. Tesfai
This article describes a new approach to approximate calculations for monoprotic acidbase equilibria in otherwise pure water. The new approach, identified herein as unified approximations, uses a simple decision criterion to select between situations that should be treated as deprotonation and protonation reactions. The remaining treatment takes account of changes in concentrations of conjugate acidbase pairs for all situations and ignores autoprotolysis only for situations for which the analytical concentration of either the conjugate acid or conjugate base will always be larger than zero.
Pardue, Harry L.; Odeh, Ihab N.; Tesfai, Teweldemedhin M. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1367.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
Chemometrics
A Computer-Based Undergraduate Exercise Using Internet-Accessible Simulation Software for the Study of Retention Behavior and Optimization of Separation Conditions in Ion Chromatography  Paul R. Haddad, Matthew J. Shaw, John E. Madden, and Greg W. Dicinoski
An ion chromatography exercise is described that uses a free Internet-based software package, Virtual Column 2, to simulate retention behavior and to optimize separation conditions. Virtual Column 2 permits the detailed study of retention behavior of inorganic anions on a Dionex AS11 column using isocratic hydroxide eluents and also on a Dionex AS4ASC column using carbonate-bicarbonate eluents. Collection of retention data from Virtual Column 2 allows students to investigate the effects of variation in eluent composition on retention, to examine separation selectivity in ion chromatography, and to evaluate the performance of simple retention models.
Haddad, Paul R.; Shaw, Matthew J.; Madden, John E.; Dicinoski, Greg W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1293.
Instrumental Methods |
Ion Exchange |
Separation Science |
Water / Water Chemistry
The 12th Annual James L. Waters Symposium at Pittcon: Ion Chromatography  Adrian C. Michael
The objectives of the annual James L. Waters Symposium at Pittcon are to explore the origins, development, and commercialization of scientific instrumentation of established and major significance. The topic of the twelfth Waters Symposium was ion chromatography; three of those papers are featured in this issue of the Journal.
Michael, Adrian C. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1277.
Chromatography |
Conferences |
Instrumental Methods
A Reliable Homemade Electrode Based on Glassy Polymeric Carbon  André L. Santos, Regina M. Takeuchi, Herenilton P. Oliveira, Marcello G. Rodrigues, and Robert L. Zimmerman
The production of glassy polymeric carbon (GPC) through the thermal treatment of a phenolic resin is described.
Santos, André L.; Takeuchi, Regina M.; Oliveira, Herenilton P.; Rodrigues, Marcello G.; Zimmerman, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 842.
Electrochemistry |
Crystals / Crystallography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction
Introducing the gNMR Program in an Introductory NMR Spectrometry Course To Parallel Its Use by Spectroscopists  Jackie M. Rummey and Mary C. Boyce
The approach described in this article includes NMR spectral simulation and so parallels developments in the way spectroscopists now solve problems.
Rummey, Jackie M.; Boyce, Mary C. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 762.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories
Solution of Cubic Equations by Iteration Methods on a Pocket Calculator  Farzad Bamdad
Methods for solving cubic equations by inexpensive pocket-size programmable calculators are presented.
Bamdad, Farzad. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 758.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Learning Theories |
Computational Chemistry
Variability of the Cell Potential of a Given Chemical Reaction  Ladislav H. Berka and Ilie Fishtik
It is demonstrated in this article that while the value of the free energy change for any chemical reaction is independent of path (a state function), the value of the standard cell potential of a reaction is dependent on the half-cell reactions used to carry out that reaction.
Berka, Ladislav H.; Fishtik, Ilie. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 584.
Electrochemistry |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Thermodynamics |
Physical Properties |
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials
How Students Use Scientific Instruments To Create Understanding: CCD Spectrophotometers. We Must Afford Affordances  Eric Malina and Mary B. Nakhleh
We understand it may be difficult to initially understand the theory of affordances; however, we also believe that affordances can give us new insight into student learning, especially student learning in the laboratory.
Malina, Eric; Nakhleh, Mary B. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 486.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Learning Theories |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Constructivism
A Modular Laser Apparatus for Polarimetry, Nephelometry, and Fluorimetry in General Chemistry  Scott A. Darveau, Jessica Mueller, April Vaverka, Cheri Barta, Anthony Fitch, Jessica Jurzenski, and Yvonne Gindt
We present an apparatus suitable for multiple uses in the general chemistry laboratory including polarimetry, fluorescence, and nephelometry. The open design of the instrument also decreases the chance that students will contract the "black-box syndrome" that seems to develop when using instruments that only provide the final data in an experiment without showing how the measurements are obtained.
Darveau, Scott A.; Mueller, Jessica; Vaverka, April; Barta, Cheri; Fitch, Anthony; Jurzenski, Jessica; Gindt, Yvonne. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 401.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Proteins / Peptides |
Water / Water Chemistry
Using a Disposable Pipet for Preparing Air-Sensitive Compounds for Melting Point Determinations or Storage  Martial Sanz
An inexpensive disposable Pasteur pipet can be transformed into a capillary tube, which, once correctly coupled with a Quickfit adapter with a side arm by means of a rubber septum, can receive under a dried and inert atmosphere air-sensitive samples from a Schlenk-type vessel.
Sanz, Martial. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 106.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Physical Properties |
Laboratory Management
The pH at the First Equivalence Point in the Titration of a Diprotic Acid  Addison Ault
I read with interest the paper entitled Easy Derivation of pH  (pKa1 + pKa2)/2 Using Autoprotolysis of HA: Doubtful Value of the Supposedly More Rigorous Equation. I believe the validity of this simple result can be seen even more easily than this paper indicates.
Ault, Addison. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1382.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
pH |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Palm-Based Data Acquisition Solutions for the Undergraduate Chemistry Laboratory  Susan Hudgins, Yu Qin, Eric Bakker, and Curtis Shannon
Handheld computers provide a compact and cost-effective means to log data in the undergraduate chemistry laboratory. Handheld computers have the ability to record multiple forms of data, be programmed for specific projects, and later have data transferred to a personal computer for manipulation and analysis.
Hudgins, Susan; Qin, Yu; Bakker, Eric; Shannon, Curtis. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1303.
Acids / Bases |
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals  Constantinos E. Efstathiou
SpecSpan is a utility program for Microsoft Windows that generates numerical data from printed spectra or other plots found as figures in text, chart recordings, or freehand drawings. SpecScan can process bitmap (.BMP) images of such figures and drawings. After a brief interaction with the user, it generates and exports numerical data as Excel (.XLS) or text (.TXT) files.
Efstathiou, Constantinos E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
From Our Peer-Reviewed Collection  William F. Coleman and Edward W. Fedosky
The JCE WebWare collection continues to evolve and grow. This month we add another program, SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals, to our collection of peer-reviewed WebWare.
Coleman, William F.; Fedosky, Edward W. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals  Constantinos E. Efstathiou
The JCE WebWare collection continues to evolve and grow. This month we add another program, SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals, to our collection of peer-reviewed WebWare.
Efstathiou, Constantinos E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
Simulating Chromatographic Separations in the Classroom  Charles A. Smith and F. Warren Villaescusa
Using this classroom simulation, students develop a set of rules used to investigate the effect of flow rate, column dimension, particle size, and mobile/stationary phase affinity on chromatographic separations. While performing the simulation, the concepts of longitudinal and eddy diffusion are dramatically illustrated.
Smith, Charles A.; Villaescusa, F. Warren. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1023.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science
Teaching Effective Communication in a Writing-Intensive Analytical Chemistry Course  Rebecca J. Whelan and Richard N. Zare
Description of a quantitative chemistry course that emphasizes oral communication and writing through the completion of extensive lab reports.
Whelan, Rebecca J.; Zare, Richard N. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 904.
Acid–Base Titrations in Nonaqueous Solvents and Solvent Mixtures  Lajos Barcza and Ágnes Buvári-Barcza
Discussion of acid-base theory, the role of hydrogen bonding in acid-base reactions, and promoting, leveling, and differentiating effects.
Barcza, Lajos; Buvári-Barcza, Ágnes. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 822.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
Solutions / Solvents |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Enrichment / Review Materials |
Hydrogen Bonding |
Lewis Acids / Bases |
Brønsted-Lowry Acids / Bases
Milk as a Drug Analysis Medium: HPLC Determination of Isoniazid  Enzo Sottofattori, Riccardo Raggio, and Olga Bruno
Using milk as a safer biological fluid for drug analysis; detecting isoniazid in cow's milk through HPLC.
Sottofattori, Enzo; Raggio, Riccardo; Bruno, Olga. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 547.
Chromatography |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Food Science |
Proteins / Peptides |
HPLC |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry
Basic Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy ( J. Michael Hollas)  Brian K. Taylor
Covers the concepts of quantitative and qualitative spectroscopy without significant mathematical detail.
Taylor, Brian K. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 389.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Instant Notes: Analytical Chemistry (D. Kealey and P. J. Haines)  Jack K. Steehler
A concise, supplemental presentation of the main concepts of analytical chemistry.
Steehler, Jack K. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 267.
Enrichment / Review Materials
Inductively Coupled Plasma–Atomic Emission Spectroscopy: Two Laboratory Activities for the Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Course  Ara S. Kooser, Judith L. Jenkins, and Lawrence E. Welch
Procedures involving an examination and comparison of spectral transitions originating from atomic versus ionic species through atomic emission spectroscopy, and a determination of the temperature produced buy the inductively coupled plasma (ICP).
Kooser, Ara S.; Jenkins, Judith L.; Welch, Lawrence E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 86.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Measurement of Trace Metals in Tobacco and Cigarette Ash by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy  W. Wang and B. J. Finlayson-Pitts
An experiment in which inductively coupled plasma (ICP) and atomic emission spectroscopy (AES) is used to quantify zinc, iron, and chromium present in cigarette tobacco, the cigarette filter, and the ash from a burning cigarette.
Wang, W; Finlayson-Pitts, B. J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 83.
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Metals |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Microscale Quantitative Analysis of Hard Water Samples Using an Indirect Potassium Permanganate Redox Titration  John N. Richardson, Mark T. Stauffer, and Jennifer L. Henry
A procedure for a microscale quantitative analysis of hard water samples using an indirect potassium permanganate redox titration.
Richardson, John N.; Stauffer, Mark T.; Henry, Jennifer L. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 65.
Microscale Lab |
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Water / Water Chemistry
The Water Project: A Multi-Week Laboratory Project for Undergraduate Analytical Chemistry  Randy J. Arnold
A project-based laboratory that challenges students to develop their analytical reasoning skills and instrumental techniques by investigating the composition of drinking water; includes results of student surveys.
Arnold, Randy J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 58.
Quantitative Analysis |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Analytical Chemistry in a GMP Environment: A Practical Guide (edited by James M. Miller and Jonathan B. Crowther)  David T. Harvey
Emphasizes issues faced by analytical chemists working in the pharmaceutical industry subject to federal regulations, such as the FDA's Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) rules.
Harvey, David T. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1419.
Industrial Chemistry |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals
Fundamentals of Electroanalytical Chemistry (by Paul M. S. Monk)  David L. Langhus
Introduction to the broad range of electroanalytical techniques in common use.
Langhus, David L. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1207.
Electrochemistry |
Potentiometry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Elemental Analysis of Wisdom Teeth by Atomic Spectroscopy Using Standard Additions. An Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Exercise  Venda J. Porter, Patricia M. Sanft, Jennifer C. Dempich, Dana D. Dettmer, Angela E. Erickson, Nicole A. Dubauskie, Susan T. Myster, Emory H. Matts, and Eugene T. Smith
Procedure to familiarize students with inductively coupled plasma spectroscopy (ICP) and other atomic absorption techniques and to develop an understanding of the advantages and limitations of these methods.
Porter, Venda J.; Sanft, Patricia M.; Dempich, Jennifer C.; Dettmer, Dana D.; Erickson, Angela E.; Dubauskie, Nicole A.; Myster, Susan T.; Matts, Emory H.; Smith, Eugene T. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1114.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry
Spectrophotometric Determination of Total Sulfite in White Wine Samples Using Crude Extracts from Flowers  Márlon Herbert Flora Barbosa Soares, Luiz Antonio Ramos, and Éder Tadeu Gomes Cavalheiro
Procedure using flower pigments in the spectrophotometric determination of total sulfite in white wine samples.
Soares, Márlon Herbert Flora Barbosa; Ramos, Luiz Antonio; Cavalheiro, Éder Tadeu Gomes. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1111.
Dyes / Pigments |
Food Science |
Natural Products |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Fractional Distillation and GC Analysis of Hydrocarbon Mixtures  Craig J. Donahue
Separating and identifying the components of a three-hydrocarbon mixture through fractional distillation and gas chromatography.
Donahue, Craig J. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 721.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Alkenes |
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Exploring the Diffraction Grating Using a He-Ne Laser and a CD-ROM  Joel Tellinghuisen
Demonstrating the grating equation using a compact disc.
Tellinghuisen, Joel. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 703.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Denitrification as a Model Chemical Process  Gordan Grguric
Denitrification in closed sea water systems and how an analysis of the process can be used to enhance undergraduate chemistry education.
Grguric, Gordan. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 179.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Stoichiometry |
Applications of Chemistry
Easy Derivation... (re J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1183)  Stephen J. Hawkes
Analysis of pH derivation by averaging pK values.
Hawkes, Stephen J. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 162.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
pH
Easy Derivation... (re J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1183)  Julian L. Roberts Jr.
Analysis of pH derivation by averaging pK values.
Roberts, Julian L., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 161.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
pH
Coulometric Titrations in Wine Samples: Studies on the Determination of S(IV) and the Formation of Adducts  Denise Lowinsohn and Mauro Bertotti
Determining the sulfite content of wine through coulometry.
Lowinsohn, Denise; Bertotti, Mauro. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 103.
Electrochemistry |
Food Science |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry |
Consumer Chemistry
Microscale Determination of Vitamin C by Weight Titrimetry  Gaston A. East and Erica C. Nascimento
Electroanalytical method for the microscale determination of vitamin C using a nontraditional oxidimetric titrant.
East, Gaston A.; Nascimento, Erica C. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 100.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Microscale Lab |
Quantitative Analysis |
Vitamins |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction
Identification of Flavor Components in Perfumes by Headspace Solid-Phase Microextraction and Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry  Gerd Knupp, Peter Kusch, and Michael Neugebauer
Experiment for the identification of flavor components in commercial perfume through headspace-solid-phase extraction (HS-SPME) followed by GC-MS.
Knupp, Gerd; Kusch, Peter; Neugebauer, Michael. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 98.
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Consumer Chemistry
Effect of Anisotropy on the Chemical Shift of Vinyl Protons in trans- and cis-1,2-Dibenzoylethylenes. A Small-Group or Recitation Activity  Roosevelt Shaw, David Roane, and Sean Nedd
Procedure to help students explain chemical shift differences for vinyl protons in alkene diastereomers.
Shaw, Roosevelt; Roane, David; Nedd, Sean. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 67.
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research |
Diastereomers |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alkenes |
Photochemistry |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Leopold's Workbench: The Hapsburg-Lorraine Grand Duke and Chemistry  Gianfranco Scorrano, Nicoletta Nicolini, and Ida M. Masoner
Analysis of the contents of containers preserved in unlabeled glass bottles within the desk of Leopold, Grand Duke of Tuscany (1765-1790), and consideration of their potential use.
Scorrano, Gianfranco; Nicolini, Nicoletta; Masoner, Ida M. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 47.
Qualitative Analysis
A Simple Preparative Method to Evaluate Total UV Protection by Commercial Sunscreens  Shouei Fujishige, Sumiko Takizawa, and Kaoru Tsuzuki
Evaluating total UV protection of commercial sunscreens using commercial cellulose membrane to hold the samples.
Fujishige, Shouei; Takizawa, Sumiko; Tsuzuki, Kaoru. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1678.
Consumer Chemistry |
Materials Science |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Raman Spectroscopy with a Fiber-Optic Probe and Multichannel Detection  Thomas J. Vickers, Jeanne Pecha, and Charles K. Mann
Exercise emphasizing instrumental methods of chemical analysis of solids and liquids relying on Raman spectroscopy.
Vickers, Thomas J.; Pecha, Jeanne; Mann, Charles K. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1674.
Instrumental Methods |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Determination of Free Lime in Clinker and Cement by Iodometry. An Undergraduate Experiment in Redox Titrimetry  Oi-Wah Lau, Shiu-Fai Luk, Nina L. N. Cheng, and Hoi-Yin Woo
Experiment to determine the free lime in cement and clinker through iodometry.
Lau, Oi-Wah; Luk, Shiu-Fai; Cheng, Nina L. N.; Woo, Hoi-Yin. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1671.
Acids / Bases |
Industrial Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Separation Science
Beer's Law Revoked? (re J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694)  Maureen Kendrick Murphy
Question regarding absorbance versus concentration plot for buckminsterfullerene.
Murphy, Maureen Kendrick. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1595.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Beer's Law Revoked? (re J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694)  Roy W. Clark
Question regarding absorbance versus concentration plot for buckminsterfullerene.
Clark, Roy W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1595.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Spec UV-Vis: An Ultraviolet-Visible Spectrophotometer Simulation  N. Papadopoulos, Maria Limniou, Giannis Koklamanis, Apostolos Tsarouxas, Mpampis Roilidis, and Stephen W. Bigger
A windows compatible program that simulates a single- and double beam, UV-visible spectrophotometer.
Papadopoulos, N.; Limniou, Maria; Koklamanis, Giannis; Tsarouxas, Apostolos; Roilidis, Mpampis; Bigger, Stephen W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1560.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Relating Qualitative Analysis to Equilibrium Principles  Glenn V. Lo
Mathcad document intended for a prelab activity for qualitative analysis experiments.
Lo, Glenn V. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1557.
Qualitative Analysis |
Equilibrium |
Mathematics / Symbolic Mathematics |
Precipitation / Solubility
Using Capillary Electrophoresis to Determine the Purity of Acetylsalicylic Acid Synthesized in the Undergraduate Laboratory  Frank Welder and Christa L. Colyer
Determination of the concentration of synthesized acetylsalicylic acid and unreacted salicylic acid using capillary electrophoresis.
Welder, Frank; Colyer, Christa L. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1525.
Electrophoresis |
Instrumental Methods |
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Quantitative Analysis
Applied Electronics: Construction of a Simple Spectrophotometer  Melissa A. Thal and Michael J. Samide
A simple spectrophotometer intended for use as a capstone circuit for an electronics laboratory exercise.
Thal, Melissa A.; Samide, Michael J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1510.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry: Practices and Techniques (by Howard E. Taylor)   John K. Sanders
Introductory text to inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (ICP-MS).
Sanders, John K. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1465.
Mass Spectrometry
Analysis of Zinc Tablets: An Extension to a Stoichiometry Experiment  Steven Murov and Brian Stedjee
Titration of ferrocyanide solutions with zinc ion.
Murov, Steven; Stedjee, Brian. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1389.
Quantitative Analysis |
Stoichiometry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
Beer's Law Measurements Using Non-monochromatic Light Sources--A Computer Simulation  George C.-Y. Chan and WingTat Chan
Using a spreadsheet program to simulate the spectral profile of the transmitted radiation and the apparent absorbance for different combinations of bandwidth and peak profiles.
Chan, George C.-Y.; Chan, WingTat. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1285.
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Synthesis and Use of Jacobsen's Catalyst: Enantioselective Epoxidation in the Introductory Organic Laboratory  John Hanson
Laboratory series to introduce students to an important synthetic method and many common techniques used in running reactions, purifying products, and characterizing compounds.
Hanson, John. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1266.
Catalysis |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Synthesis |
Organometallics |
Stereochemistry |
Epoxides |
Enantiomers |
Aromatic Compounds
Was the Driver Drunk? An Instrumental Methods Experiment for the Determination of Blood Alcohol Content  Jennifer L. Zabzdyr and Sheri J. Lillard
Forensic-based experiment to motivate correct analytical procedures and careful interpretation of data by using gas chromatography with flame ionization detection.
Zabzdyr, Jennifer L.; Lillard, Sheri J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1225.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Applications of Chemistry |
Forensic Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis |
Alcohols |
Gas Chromatography
Determination of Ethanol in Alcohol Samples Using a Modular Raman Spectrometer  Caryn L. Sanford, Brent A. Mantooth, and Bradley T. Jones
An inexpensive modular Raman spectrometer that overcomes the cost and complexity of traditional equipment; application to measuring ethanol content of a variety of aqueous solutions.
Sanford, Caryn L.; Mantooth, Brent A.; Jones, Bradley T. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1221.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Raman Spectroscopy
News from Online: Teaching with Chemical Instrumentation on the Web  Thomas G. Chasteen
Variety of web-based animations on analytical instrumentation; WWW addresses for software, plug-ins, sites for images and animations, references for designing sites, and sites regarding specific analytical techniques.
Chasteen, Thomas G. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1144.
Instrumental Methods |
Molecular Modeling |
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Gas Chromatography |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
The TCICA Test for Distinguishing Aldehydes and Ketones  Gene A. Hiegel, Christine Juska, and Michelle Kim
Distinguishing aldehydes from ketones through their reaction with TCICA (trichloroisocyanuric acid).
Hiegel, Gene A.; Juska, Christine; Kim, Michelle. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1105.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Distinguishing Calcium Carbonate from Calcium Sulfate Dihydrate by Instrumental Methods. A Set of Laboratory Experiments for Analytical Chemistry and Spectroscopy  Eugenio Garribba, Giovanni Micera, Liliana Strinna-Erre, and Giovanna Stara
Distinguishing calcium carbonate from calcium sulfate dihydrate through chemical analysis, thermal analysis and decomposition, IR spectroscopy, NIR spectroscopy, and EDXRF spectroscopy.
Garribba, Eugenio; Micera, Giovanni; Strinna-Erre, Liliana; Stara, Giovanna. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1090.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Thermal Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
Reduction of Calcium Concentrations by the Brita® Water Filtration System: A Practical Experiment in Titrimetry and Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy  Kimberly G. Olsen and Lisa J. Ulicny
Classic EDTA titration experiment that focusses the function of common a household item.
Olsen, Kimberly G.; Ulicny, Lisa J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 941.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
Consumer Chemistry
Modular Spectrometers in the Undergraduate Chemistry Laboratory  Paul Bernazzani and Francine Paquin
Effect of integrating two Ocean Optics S2000 series spectroscopic instruments, based on a 2048-element linear CCD-array, into an undergraduate laboratory.
Bernazzani, Paul; Paquin, Francine. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 796.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Bioanalytical Experiments for the Undergraduate Laboratory: Monitoring Glucose in Sports Drinks  J. Justin Gooding, Wenrong Yang, and Manihar Situmorang
Introducing students to the techniques of bioanalytical chemistry by using a solution-based enzyme assay and an enzyme electrode for the analysis of glucose concentrations in sports drinks.
Gooding, J. Justin; Yang, Wenrong; Situmorang, Manihar. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 788.
Electrochemistry |
Enzymes |
Food Science |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry |
Carbohydrates
Using Calculator-Based Laboratory Technology to Conduct Undergraduate Chemical Research  Cynthia L. Sales, Nicole M. Ragan, and Maureen Kendrick Murphy
Calculator-based laboratory (CBL) technology can be used to initiate a viable undergraduate research program and at the same time teach ethical behavior in science and research; one research project, utilizing buckminsterfullerene, is described as a prototype of the quality and scope of such chemical research programs.
Sales, Cynthia L.; Ragan, Nicole M.; Murphy, Maureen Kendrick. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Useful System for Microscale and Semi-microscale Fractional Distillation of Air-Sensitive Substances with High Boiling Points  J. Alfredo Gutiérrez
A procedure to purify air-sensitive liquids with high boiling points using a horizontal distilling apparatus that avoids extreme refluxing and can efficiently separate the fractions of a mixture.
Gutiérrez, J. Alfredo. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 653.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Liquids |
Microscale Lab |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Management
Using a Diode Laser Pointer to Count Drops and Automate Titration Systems  Paul Ogren, Steve Nelson, and Ian Henry
A diode laser pointer is used to construct a simple system for recording drops falling from a buret. The drop signal is recorded together with one or more measurement signals by a LabVIEW-based programmable interfacing system. A standard buret is converted to a Mariotte buret to provide a constant drop-addition rate.
Ogren, Paul; Nelson, Steve; Henry, Ian. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 353.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
A Computer-Controlled Bipolar Pulse Conductivity Apparatus  N. Papadopoulos and M. Limniou
A laboratory apparatus for ion conductivity measurements is described. This apparatus is controlled by a personal computer.
Papadopoulos, Nikos; Limniou, M. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 245.
Conductivity |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
The Escalator--An Analogy for Explaining Electroosmotic Flow  Andrew J. Vetter and Garrett J. McGowan
An analogy of people on an escalator for teaching the concept of electroosmotic flow. The moving escalator is analogous to the overall bulk flow of solution through the capillary (electroosmotic flow) and partly responsible for the separation of species using capillary electrophoresis (CE).
Vetter, Andrew J.; McGowan, Garrett J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 209.
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science |
Electrophoresis |
Transport Properties |
Electrochemistry
Practical Capillary Electrophoresis, 2nd Edition by Robert Weinberger  Luanne Tilstra
Overview of how capillary electrophoresis (CE) is unique, a history of technique development, a list of commercially available instruments, the basic concepts that one must understand to design and understand a CE experiment, and other reference information of significance to CE.
Tilstra, Luanne. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 35.
Electrophoresis |
Separation Science
Analytical Instrumentation--Performance Characteristics and Quality by Graham Currell  Jack K. Steehler
This book provides guidance to analytical practitioners regarding the use of instrument performance criteria when making purchase decisions and when pursuing solutions to real-life instrumentation problems.
Steehler, Jack K. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 34.
Instrumental Methods
Teaching Sample Preparation in the Undergraduate Laboratory  Douglas M. Goltz, Tara Hall, Andrew Grant, and Ed Segstro
An experiment to teach sample preparation through the acid digestion of an iron ore sample in a microwave oven.
Goltz, Douglas M.; Hall, Tara; Grant, Andrew; Segstro, Ed. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1486.
Quantitative Analysis
ISE Analysis of Hydrogen Sulfide in Cigarette Smoke  Guofeng Li, Brian J. Polk, Liz A. Meazell, and David W. Hatchett
Experiment in which students are required to build their own analytical module, a potentiometric device composed of a Ag/AgCl reference electrode, a Ag/Ag2S ion selective electrode (ISE), and a pH meter used as voltmeter, to determine the amount of hydrogen sulfide in cigarette smoke.
Li, Guofeng; Polk, Brian J.; Meazell, Liz A.; Hatchett, David W. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1049.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Ion Exchange |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Quantitative Analysis
Flow Injection as a Teaching Tool for Gravimetric Analysis  Raquel P. Sartini, Elias A. G. Zagatto, and Cláudio C. Oliveira
A flow-injection system to carry out gravimetric analysis is presented. Students are faced with an instrumental approach for gravimetric procedures. Crucibles, muffle furnaces, and desiccators are not required. A flowing suspension is established by simultaneously injecting an aqueous sample and a precipitating reagent into two merging carrier streams.
Sartini, Raquel P.; Zagatto, Elias Ayres Guidetti; Oliveira, Cludio C. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 735.
Quantitative Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis
Modern Analytical Chemistry, 1st Edition (by David Harvey)  reviewed Jack G. Goldsmith
A new quantitative analysis text.
Goldsmith, Jack G. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 705.
Analytical Chemistry: A Literary Approach  Charles A. Lucy
This paper provides an anthology of references to analytical chemistry techniques from history, popular fiction, and film. Such references are amusing to both instructor and student. Further, the fictional descriptions can serve as a focal point for discussions of a technique's true capabilities and limitations.
Lucy, Charles A. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 459.
Analytical Chemistry (edited by R. Kellner, J.- M. Mermet, M. Otto, and H. M. Widmer)  reviewed by Robert Q. Thompson
This text, written in English, was developed by the Division of Analytical Chemistry of the Federation of European Chemical Societies to support the university-level Eurocurriculum in analytical chemistry, a major effort of academics and other analytical scientists throughout Europe and an outgrowth of the economic unification of European countries.
Thompson, Robert Q. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 453.
Analysis with Microelectrodes Using Microsoft Excel Solver  Enda Howard and John Cassidy
The use of curve fitting for the analysis and interpretation of voltammetric data obtained while working with microelectrodes is discussed as a useful exercise for introducing students to the principle of problem solving using least-squares curve-fitting techniques. The advantages associated with this approach to data processing over the approach where the limiting current (i, L) alone is used are discussed and its limitations are highlighted.
Howard, Enda; Cassidy, John. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 409.
Electrochemistry |
Chemometrics
An Analytical Laboratory Experiment in Error Analysis: Repeated Determination of Glucose Using Commercial Glucometers  Paul L. Edmiston and Theodore R. Williams
Glucometers measure reflectance from enzyme test strips to quantitate glucose concentrations in blood. Since the typical measurement takes less than two minutes, large data sets can be obtained for statistical analysis. Students design experiments to answer specific questions concerning the performance of the glucometers.
Edmiston, Paul L.; Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 377.
Chemometrics |
Carbohydrates |
Enzymes
An Inexpensive Commercially Available Analog-to-Digital Converter  Gary W. Breton
The use of an inexpensive analog-to-digital converter for interfacing gas chromatographs to computers in a teaching laboratory environment is described. Raw data may be read, processed, and printed from software supplied with the converter to afford chromatograms of acceptable quality.
Breton, Gary W. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 262.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography
A Low-Cost Device for Automatic Photometric Titrations  Fábio R. P. Rocha and Boaventura F. Reis
Construction of a simple, low-cost (about $150 U.S.) automatic photometric titrator employing a light-emitting diode (LED) and a phototransistor. The electronic circuit can be assembled by the students themselves. The device was employed to implement a common procedure in chemical labs, making feasible the introduction of concepts related to electronics in undergraduate chemistry courses.
Rocha, Fbio R. P.; Reis, Boaventura F. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 258.
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Understanding NMR Multiplet Structure with WinDNMR  N. Bampos and A. Vidal-Ferran
Employing interactive, user-friendly software packages (such as WinDNMR) on a conventional personal computer to investigate the effect of changing the constituent coupling constants on the appearance of a multiplet. As an example, a multiplet representing a proton coupled to three neighboring environments (four-spin system) is treated in detail.
Bampos, N.; Vidal-Ferran, A. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 130.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
A Simple Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode  Florinel Gabriel Banica
A device producing reproducible hanging mercury drops at the end of a glass capillary is described. Mercury flow through the capillary is controlled by means of a closing needle actuated by an electromagnetic relay. The timing circuit is very simple and consists only of resistors and capacitors.
Banica, Florinel Gabriel. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 98.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
MacMS: A Mass Spectrometer Simulator: Abstract of Issue 9906M  Stephen W. Bigger and Robert A. Craig
MacMS is a program for Mac-OS compatible computers that simulates a magnetic sector mass spectrometer designed to operate in the mass-to-charge (m/z) ratio range of 1-200 amu.
Bigger, Stephen W.; Craig, Robert A. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1464.
Mass Spectrometry
Analysis of Soft Drinks Using Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: A Mentorship  Arkim Wilson, Craig Myers, George Crull, Michael Curtis, and Pamela Pasciak Patterson
This mentorship was designed to expose a student to the laboratory routine for a chemist at Bristol Myers Squibb Company (BMS). The student visited BMS, collaborated with BMS scientists, and actually completed a project on site. He was asked to determine the identity of an unknown sample of soft drink retrieved from a fictitious crime scene using NMR spectroscopy.
Wilson, Arkim; Myers, Craig; Crull, George; Curtis, Michael; Pasciak, Pamela M. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1414.
Instrumental Methods |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Student / Career Counseling
Spreadsheet Techniques for Evaluating the Solubility of Sparingly Soluble Salts of Weak Acids  José L. Guinón, José García-Antón, and Valentín Pérez-Herranz
A spreadsheet of Microsoft Excel for determining the solubility of sparingly soluble salts is described. The chart and worksheet are shown simultaneously on the screen. The worksheet can be used for any salt by merely changing the data for the solubility product constant and ionization constants.
Guinn, Jos L.; Garca-Antn, Jos; Prez-Herranz, Valentn. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1157.
Computational Chemistry |
Equilibrium |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Quantitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Precipitation / Solubility
A General Simulator for Acid-Base Titrations  Robert de Levie
General formal expressions are provided to facilitate the automatic computer calculation of acid-base titration curves of arbitrary mixtures of acids, bases, and salts, without and with activity corrections based on the Davies equation.
de Levie, Robert. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 987.
Acids / Bases |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Separation and Quantification of Simple Ions by Capillary Zone Electrophoresis  Mary Boyce
A wide range of samples can be rapidly separated and quantified by CE, requiring only small amounts of sample and solvent. The experiments described here give a suitable introduction to capillary electrophoresis and effectively illustrate the mechanism of separation.
Boyce, Mary. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 815.
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science |
Electrophoresis |
Chromatography |
Quantitative Analysis
The Essential Guide to Analytical Chemistry (by G. Schwedt)  Sandra K. Wheeler
Contents range from fundamental analytical principles and sample preparation to basic chemical, biochemical, electrochemical, thermal, atomic, and molecular techniques. There are also a few chapters at the end describing the automation of analytical procedures and specialized analytical applications such as radiochemical methods and chemical sensors.
Wheeler, Sandra K. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 476.
Chemical Technicians |
Laboratory Management
A Complete Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy (by Rodger S. Macomber)  Raymond L. Ward
Text for a beginning student or research person starting or thinking about using NMR as a method to obtain structural information about organic molecules.
Ward, Raymond L. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 473.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
A GC Instrument Simulator  D. Bruce Armitage
This simulator was developed to help students beginning the study of gas chromatographic instruments to understand their operation. It is not meant to teach chromatographic theory.
Armitage, D. Bruce. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 287.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography
Internal Standard Calculations in Chromatography  Judy A. Magee and Antony C. Herd
This paper outlines a simple approach to internal standard calculations in chromatography. It enables students to cope with an important but troublesome calculation often ignored by undergraduate analytical chemistry texts.
Magee, Judy A.; Herd, Antony C. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 252.
Chromatography |
Calibration
Applications of Atomic Spectrometry to Regulatory Compliance Monitoring, 2nd Edition (by Stephen W. Jenniss, Sidney A. Katz, and Richard W. Lynch)  Doreen Mehs
Describes analytical atomic spectrometry methods including the theory behind the method, the design of the instruments used, calibration methods, sample collection and preservation, sample preparation, quality control and assurance, and an extensive collection of official methods drawn from several regulatory agencies.
Mehs, Doreen. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 170.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Calibration
A Random Number Model for Beer's Law-Atom Shadowing  R. Scott Daniels
In this model, atoms are considered to have photon-capture cross-sectional areas and to exist in some finite volume. Where by chance one atom lies directly behind another, the first atom is said to cast a shadow on the second, thereby preventing the second atom from participating in the attenuation of radiation at that instant. This model not only produces the linear Beer's law relationship, but it also provides a simple and visual model from which the law can be demonstrated with the use of a computer-spreadsheet random number generator.
Daniels, R. Scott. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 138.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Learning Theories |
Solutions / Solvents
A Unified Titration Formula  P. Glaister
In a number of standard titrations, a volume of a monoprotic base MOH at a specific concentration is added to a volume of a monoprotic acid HA at a specific concentrations. Four different types of titration are possible, depending on whether the acid and base are strong or weak. A single unifying formula covering all four cases has been determined.
Glaister, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 132.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Beer's Law: The Real Hazards (the author replies)  Muyskens, Mark
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, one should consider both stray light effects and chemical effects.
Muyskens, Mark J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Beer's Law: The Real Hazards  Logan, S.R.
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, stray light effects should not be ignored.
Logan, S.R. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Letters  
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, stray light effects should not be ignored.
J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Do New Pennies Lose Their Shells? Hypothesis Testing in the Sophomore Analytical Chemistry Laboratory  Richard J. Stolzberg
Post-1982 pennies have a varying copper content that can be investigated in the introductory analytical chemistry lab. Groups of four students analyzed ten pennies sampled from the entire minting period to test the hypothesis that the copper shell wears out with time.
Stolzberg, Richard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1453.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis
Solving Chemical Equilibria  David Uribe
In this work, a method is described to solve chemical equilibria and to obtain the equilibrium concentrations. The technique is based on considering exclusively the variations of the concentrations of the species participating in the equilibria mixture, so that a number of algebraic equations (and unknowns) is obtained that is equal to the number of equilibrium equations. This represents a decrease in the number of algebraic equations compared with the conventional method for which, besides the equilibrium constants, the charge and mass balances must be considered.
Uribe, David. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1177.
Equilibrium |
Stoichiometry |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
An Inexpensive Detector for Gas Chromatography  Allan L. Smith, Edward J. Thorne, and Wolfgang Nadler
We have developed a low-cost (parts cost approximately $70) detector that can be used in a freshman level class to demonstrate the fundamental principles of gas chromatography (GC). The detector box can be used in a modification of experiments available in the literature which do not enable a quantitative method of analysis. We have used it with success in a freshman class of approximately 450 students in an experiment to separate chlorinated hydrocarbons via GC.
Smith, Allan L.; Thorne, Edward J.; Nadler, Wolfgang. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1129.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science
Using Microwave Sample Decomposition in Undergraduate Analytical Chemistry   R. Griff Freeman and David L. McCurdy
This paper reports the progress made in introducing microwave sample decomposition into several quantitative analysis experiments at Truman State University. Two experiments being performed in our current laboratory rotation include closed vessel microwave decomposition applied to the classical gravimetric determination of nickel and the determination of sodium in snack foods by flame atomic emission spectrometry.
Freeman, R. Griff; McCurdy, David. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1033.
Atomic Spectroscopy
Infrared Spectroscopy Determination of Lead Binding to Ethylenediaminotetraacetic Acid  Alanah Fitch and Simona Dragan
In an attempt to improve a thematic lab sequence based on lead analysis of community derived samples, we have considered infrared spectroscopy as a method of determining the lead bound to ethylenediaminotetraacetic acid (EDTA).
Fitch, Alanah; Dragan, Simona. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1018.
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Coordination Compounds
Spectrophotometry (by Barbara Sawrey and Gabriele Wienhausen)  reviewed by David Pringle
Spectrophotometry is an interactive CD-ROM which introduces the basics of UV-visible spectrophotometry with some mention of infrared and other forms of spectrophotometry. The CD is divided into six sections: Introduction, Background, A Detailed Look, The Spectrophotometer, Practice, and Quantitative Spectrophotometry.
Pringle, David. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 978.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Analysis of Soft Drinks: UV Spectrophotometry, Liquid Chromatography, and Capillary Electrophoresis  Valerie L. McDevitt, Alejandra Rodriguez, and Kathryn R. Williams
Instrumental analysis students analyze commercial soft drinks in three successive laboratory experiments. UV multicomponent analysis is used to determine caffeine and benzoic acid in Mello Yellow; caffeine, benzoic acid and aspartame are determined in a variety of soft drinks by reversed-phase liquid chromatography; and the same samples are analyzed by capillary electrophoresis.
McDevitt, Valerie L.; Rodriguez, Alejandra; Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 625.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Consumer Chemistry |
Electrophoresis |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Quantitative HPLC Analysis of an Analgesic/Caffeine Formulation: Determination of Caffeine  Glenda K. Ferguson
The experiment detailed herein involves the determination of caffeine in Goody's Extra Strength Headache Powders, a commercially available medication which contains acetaminophen, aspirin, and caffeine as active ingredients.
Glenda K. Ferguson. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 467.
Chromatography |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Quantitative Analysis |
HPLC |
Medicinal Chemistry |
Separation Science
Exploring Chemical Analysis, 1st Edition (by Daniel C. Harris)  John C. Wright
Review on an analytical chemistry textbook for non-chemistry majors.
Wright, John C. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 37.
Nonmajor Courses
Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization Mass Spectrometry. Instrumentation and Applications  David C. Muddiman, Ray Bakhtiar, Steven A. Hofstadler, and Richard D. Smith
This article introduces educators and researchers to the theory, principles, instrumentation, and some applications of MALDI-MS. Reflectron time-of-flight (TOF) mass analyzers are described in detail, since TOF is the most common mass analyzer for ions produced by MALDI.
Muddiman, David C.; Bakhtiar, Ray; Hofstadler, Steven A.; Smith, Richard D. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1288.
Mass Spectrometry |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
The Remarkable Resilience of Beer's Law  Mark A. Muyskens and Eric T. Sevy
Described is a case where Beer's law holds to a remarkable degree. Linear absorbance over three orders of magnitude is shown for both pyrazine and 2-methylpyrazine absorption of 266-nm laser light in a 3-m gas cell. This case provides a counter-example for a discussion of deviations from Beer's law.
Muyskens, Mark A.; Sevy, Eric T. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1138.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
IR Spectroscopy  William C. Hoyt and Jonathan Mitschele
Using a NaCl plate for IR spectroscopy.
Hoyt, William C. and Mitschele, Jonathan. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1024.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An Inexpensive Demountalbe IR Cell Fitted with Glass Windows  Keiichi Ohno, Hiroatsu Matsuura, Haruhiko Tanaka
An inexpensive demountable IR cell fitted with glass windows is proposed for studying hydrogen bonding in solutions.
Ohno, Keiichi; Matsuura, Hiroatsu; Tanaka, Haruhiko. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 961.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Solutions / Solvents |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Hydrogen Bonding
Potentiometric Measurement of Transition Ranges and Titration Errors for Acid/Base Indicators  Paul A. Flowers
The pH and visually-assessed color of a millimolar strong acid/base system are monitored as a function of added titrant volume, and the resultant data plotted to permit determination of the indicator's transition range and associated titration error.
Flowers, Paul A. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 846.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Potentiometry |
Chemometrics
The FT-NMR Free Induction Decay Archive  Craig B. Fryhle, Dean A. Waldow, and J. Chris Bock
The on-line FTNMR Free Induction Decay (FID) Archive offers a free and readily accessible means by which students and faculty can obtain high field FTNMR data for processing on personal computers.
Fryhle, Craig B.; Waldow, Dean A.; Bock, J. Chris. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 442.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy
The TCICA Test for Distinguishing Primary and Secondary Alcohols  Gene A. Hiegel and Afshin K. Chaharmohal
Simple primary and secondary alcohols can easily be distinguished by their rate of oxidation with trichloroisocyanuric acid (TCICA). The TCICA test is conducted by adding the unknown to a solution of TCICA in acetonitrile containing hydrochloric acid and measuring the time for a precipitate to form. Primary alcohols react slowly and secondary alcohols react rapidly.
Hiegel, Gene A.; Chaharmohal, Afshin K. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 423.
Alcohols |
Molecular Properties / Structure
An Analogue Column Model for Nonlinear Iostherms: The Test Tube Model  Setsuro Sugata and Yoshihiro Abe
In the TT-model for convex isotherm, one theoretical plate is represented by a pair of test tube and trumpet-shaped vessels, representing the stationary and mobile phases, respectively. The trumpet-shaped vessel is designed to represent a Langmuir isotherm by pairing it with the test tube. Solute is represented by "water". Therefore, the volume of water denotes the amount of solute. At equilibrium, water is partitioned between two vessels according to the isotherm.
Sugata, Setsuro; Abe, Yoshihiro. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 406.
Chromatography
Laser-Based Liquid Prism Sucrosemeter - A Precision Optical Method to Find Sugar Concentration  V. Anantha Narayanan and Radha Narayanan
A hollow prism was used in the minimum deviation position to investigate the refraction in a series of aqueous solutions of varying sucrose content. The 6328 A red line of the He-Ne 1 mW laser was used as the light source. Calibration graph of % weight of sucrose vs minimum linear deviation between incident and refracted rays is given. Sources of errors are discussed. The calibration graph was tested with success on three control sugar solutions.
Narayanan, V. Anantha; Narayanan, Radha. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 221.
Carbohydrates |
Lasers
Virtual Titrator: A Student-Oriented Instrument  David Ritter and Michael Johnson
A virtual autotitrator based on an Orion pH meter, a 386 CPU computer, and a homemade stepper-motor driven syringe, and a stopped-flow spectrometer interfaced to a 386 CPU computer which uses a virtual oscilloscope program written in Visual Basic to collect and display the data.
Ritter, David; Johnson, Michael. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 120.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
pH |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Electrochemical Measurements in the Undergraduate Curriculum  John F. Wheeler, Sandra K. Wheeler, and Laura L. Wright
Application of two voltammetric workstations, a low-current amplifier for microelectrode use, and two amperometric detectors in an undergraduate curriculum and research programs.
Wheeler, John F.; Wheeler, Sandra K.; Wright, Laura L. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 72.
Electrochemistry |
Undergraduate Research |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
An Analogy To Assist Understanding of Splitting Patterns in NMR Spectra  Dianne A. Thoben and Thomas H. Lowry
An analogy to the "point of view shot" as used in the movies is used to help students understand and interpret splitting patterns in proton NMR spectra.
Thoben, Dianne A.; Lowry, Thomas H. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 68.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Planning a Day at PITTCON: An Introduction to Current Trends in Analytical Chemistry Research for Undergraduates  Patricia Ann Mabrouk
"Planning a Day at PITTCON" is a relatively simple assignment designed for use in introductory analytical chemistry which introduces undergraduates to the analytical chemistry primary literature and to the premier conference in analytical chemistry, PITTCON.
Mabrouk, Patricia Ann. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A23.
Conferences
Quantitative Techniques in Volumetric Analysis  John Zimmerman and Jerrold J. Jacobsen
Quantitative Techniques in Volumetric Analysis is a visual library of techniques used in making volumetric measurements. This 40-minute VHS videotape is designed as a resource for introducing students to proper volumetric methods and procedures.
Zimmerman, John; Jacobsen, Jerrold J. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1117.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Development of a Low-Cost Four-Color LED Photometer  Jay R. Hamilton, Jeffrey S. White, Mary B. Nakhleh
This photometer resembles a Spectronic 20 in that it detects absorbance at selected wavelengths of visible light. However, the photometer retains the advantages of a dual-beam system. The cost is reduced by the elimination of all optical components, which are often the most expensive portion of spectrophotometers.
Hamilton, Jay R.; White, Jeffrey S.; Nakhleh, Mary B. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1052.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
A Simple Digital Interface for the HP 5985 Mass Spectrometer Using a PC  K uruppu A. N. Dharmasiri, Michael Davenport, Curtis M. Regentin, Jack F. Holland, J. Throck Watson
189. The design and construction of a simple digital interface for controlling a quadrupole mass spectrometer (HP 5985) and collecting data using a PC with an Intel 486 CPU is described.
J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 881.
Mass Spectrometry |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Simple NMR Imaging  Per-Ola Quist
Recently we modernized an NMR course for undergraduate chemists. The aim of the new course is to introduce them to the most common applications of NMR.
Quist, Per-Ola. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 751.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Procedure Modification for the Use of Corn Starch Packing Puffs for Titration Endpoints  Judith M. Bonicamp
This short article describes the use of Eco-Foam cornstarch packing puffs to make starch indicator solution.
Bonicamp, Judith M. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 258.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Carbohydrates
An Inexpensive Detector for Absorbance Measurements in Flow-Injection Analysis  Peter C. Hauser and Norman E. Cates
A photometric transducer for peak detection in flow-injection analysis is described. It relies on a light-emitting diode as the light source and a photodiode as the detector.
Hauser, Peter C.; Cates, Norman E. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 191.
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
IR Vibration-Rotation Spectra of the Ammonia Molecule  Carl W. David
The IR spectrum of the ammonia inversion vibration-rotation normal mode is obtained using Fourier Transform IR Spectroscopy and analyzed using Maple, to easily obtain the relation between the N-H bond length and the H-N-H bond angle.
David, Carl W. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 46.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Mathematics / Symbolic Mathematics
Organic Qualitative Analysis at the Microscale Level  Craig, Rhoda E. R.; Kaufman, Kurt K.
Project requiring students to identify pure unknowns and the components of mixtures using a variety of chromatography and spectrometry techniques.
Craig, Rhoda E. R.; Kaufman, Kurt K. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A102.
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases
Chemical Analysis. Volume 129, Flame Chemiluminescence Analysis by Molecular Emission Cavity Detection (Stiles, David A.; Calokerinos, Anthony; Townshend, Alan; Wineforder, J. D.; Kolhoff, I. M.)  
Continuing series.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A94.
Infrared Characteristic Group Frequencies: Tables and Charts, Second Edition (Socrates, George)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A93.
IR Spectroscopy
Using Matlab to Assist Undergraduates in Learning Chemometrics  Chau, F. T.; Chung, W. H.
Description of software (CHEMETRIC) to carry out chemometric calculations.
Chau, F. T.; Chung, W. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A84.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Chemometrics
Interfacing an Old UV-VIS Spectrophotometer to a PC Computer  Guinon, J. L.; Garcia-Jareno, J.; Garcia-Anton, J.; Perez-Herranz, V.
Instructions for interfacing an old UV-VIS spectrophotometer to a PC computer.
Guinon, J. L.; Garcia-Jareno, J.; Garcia-Anton, J.; Perez-Herranz, V. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A81.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Design of a Simple and Stand-alone RS-232c Interface  Maleki, Norooz; Haghighi, Behzad
Plans for a simple and stand-alone RS-232c interface for digitizing analogue data.
Maleki, Norooz; Haghighi, Behzad J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A78.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Principles of Molecular Recognition (Buckingham, A. D.)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A73.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Surface Science
Chemical Analysis by Nuclear Methods (Alfassi, Z. B.)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A73.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
Introduction to Crystallography (Sands, Donald E.)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A42.
Crystals / Crystallography
Analytical Chemistry by Open Learning: Environmental Analysis (Reeve, Roger N.; Barnes, John D.)  
Textbook announcement.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A42.
Concepts and Calculations in Analytical Chemistry: A Spreadsheet Approach (Freiser, Henry)  Pharr, Daniel Y.
Using computers and software in analytical chemistry.
Pharr, Daniel Y. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A41.
The Baylis-Hillman Reaction: Synthesizing a Compound and Explaining Its Formation  Crouch, R. David; Nelson, Todd D.
Experimental procedure for the synthesis of an unpredictable and unknown mechanism to be identified and described by students through analytical techniques (spectroscopy).
Crouch, R. David; Nelson, Todd D. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A6.
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab
More Plates in One Chromatographic Tank  Jamil Anwar
Suggested modifications to chromatographic tanks to accommodate more plates per tank.
Anwar, Jamil. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1136.
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
From Christmas Ornament to Glass Electrode  Rogério T. da Rocha, Ivano G. R. Gutz, and Claudimir L. do Lago
Instructions and use of a homemade glass electrode for pH measurements/titrations.
Da Rocha, Rogerio T.; Gutz, Ivano G. R.; do Lago, Claudimir L. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1135.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Laboratory Management |
pH
HPLC for Windows: A Computer Simulation of High-Performance Liquid Chromatography  Robert C. Rittenhouse
Program to demonstrate HPLC theory and practice.
Rittenhouse, R. C. . J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1086.
Chromatography |
HPLC
WinDNMR: Dynamic NMR Spectra for Windows  Hans J. Reich
Program to demonstrate important concepts in NMR spectroscopy.
Reich, H. J. . J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1086.
NMR Spectroscopy
Environmental Laboratory Exercise: Analysis of Hydrogen Peroxide by Fluorescence Spectroscopy  Judith Weinstein--Lloyd and Jai H. Lee
Procedure in which students analyze precipitation samples for trace concentrations of hydrogen peroxide (a deleterious air pollutant) using fluorescence spectroscopy.
Weinstein-Lloyd, Judith; Lee, Jai H. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1053.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Free Radicals |
Photochemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Atmospheric Chemistry
LIMSport VII. Semiconductor Gas Sensors as GC Detectors and "Breathalyzers"  Ed Vitz and Helen Chan
178. Construction and use of a semiconductor gas sensor/computer interface in which data is collected and analyzed in a spreadsheet program.
Vitz, Ed; Chan, Helen. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 920.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Solid State Chemistry |
Gas Chromatography |
Applications of Chemistry
How to Determine the Best Straight Line  S. R. Logan
Consideration of situations in which the use of a least-squares regression is inappropriate.
Logan, S. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 896.
Chemometrics
Teflon Tape as a Sample Support for IR Spectroscopy  Keith A. Oberg and Daniel R. Palleros
Replacing IR spectra windows with Teflon tape; includes sample spectra run with NaCl plates and Teflon tape.
Oberg, Keith A.; Palleros, Daniel R. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 857.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Using Silica Gel Beads to Dispense Indicators and Reagents  Akiko Furuhashi, Kunihiko Endo, and Akira Yamasaki
Using silica gel beads to dispense indicators and reagents.
Furuhashi, Akiko; Endo, Kunihiko; Yamasaki, Akira. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 832.
Surface Science |
Laboratory Management |
Dyes / Pigments
Chiroptical Spectroscopy  Jerome E. Gurst
Use of chiroptical spectroscopy to assign absolute or relative configurations and in conformational analysis.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 827.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Stereochemistry |
Conformational Analysis
Construction and Testing of a Variable Temperature Potentiometry Cell for Student Use   Lee Kresge, Kenneth E. Hyde, and Donald A. Palmer
Construction, testing, and application of a variable temperature potentiometry cell to determine the Nernst slope over a wide temperature range; sample data and analysis included.
Kresge, Lee; Hyde, Kenneth E.; Palmer, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 756.
Electrochemistry |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials
From Titration Data to Buffer Capacities: A Computer Experiment for the Chemistry Lab or Lecture  Roy W. Clark, Gary D. White, Judith M. Bonicamp, and Exum D. Watts
Provides titration curve data that students can plot and analyze using spreadsheets to develop student understanding of pH, derivatives, buffer capacity, and the behavior of dilute buffers; includes sample graphs and analysis.
Clark, Roy W.; White, Gary D.; Bonicamp, Judith M.; Watts, Exum D. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 746.
Acids / Bases |
pH |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics
Using GC-MS to Determine Relative Reactivity Ratios   R. Daniel Bishop, Jr.
Experiment that demonstrates the use of GC-mass spectrometry in the separation and analysis of mixtures; also uses the GC-mass spectrometer to find the relative reactivity of primary, secondary, and tertiary hydrogens.
Bishop, R. Daniel, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 743.
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Separation Science |
Gas Chromatography
Proton NMR Basics  Carolyn S. Judd, Joel D. Morrisett, Mohan V. Chari, and Jeffrey L. Browning
Multimedia tutorial to introduce and develop understanding of NMR spectroscopy concepts and techniques.
Judd, C. Sweeney; Morrisett, J. D.; Chari, M. V. ; Browning, J. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 706.
NMR Spectroscopy
Why Do Spectral Lines Have a Linewidth?  Volker B. E. Thomsen
Explanation of why spectral lines have a linewidth.
Thomsen, Volker B. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 616.
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
The Analysis of First-Order Coupling Patterns in NMR Spectra   Brian E. Mann
Instructions and simple rules for analyzing first-order coupling patterns in NMR spectra.
Mann, Brian E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 614.
NMR Spectroscopy
Transforming Traditional Quantitative Analysis into a Course in Modern Analytical Science  Perone, Sam P.
Project to transform sophomore quantitative analysis into a course on modern analytical science, emulating the working environment of a modern commercial analytical laboratory.
Perone, Sam P. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 533.
Quantitative Analysis
Ascorbic Acid Determination in Natural Orange Juice: As a Teaching Tool of Coulometry and Polarography  Bertotti, Mauro; Vaz, Jorge Moreira; Telles, Rogerio
Procedure for determining the concentration of ascorbic acid in orange juice using electroanalytical techniques (coulometry and polarography).
Bertotti, Mauro; Vaz, Jorge Moreira; Telles, Rogerio J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 445.
Electrochemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Sampling and Analysis for Lead in Water and Soil Samples on a University Campus: A Student Research Project  Butala, Steven J.; Zarrabi, Kaveh; Emerson, David W.
Project for sampling and analyzing water and soil samples for lead designed to improve understanding of experimental design, use of computer resources, and oral and written presentation of laboratory findings; includes sample data and analysis.
Butala, Steven J.; Zarrabi, Kaveh; Emerson, David W. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 441.
Water / Water Chemistry
Ensuring a Water Supply for Atomic Absorption, Emission and Plasma Spectrophotometers  Quigley, Michael N.; Reid, W. Shaw
Apparatus for ensuring a continuous water supply for atomic absorption, emission and plasma spectrophotometers.
Quigley, Michael N.; Reid, W. Shaw J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 440.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Spreadsheet-Controlled Potentiometric Analyses  Mullin, Jerome; Marquardt, Michael
173. Bits and pieces, 53. Discussion of collecting experimental data on spreadsheets directly from laboratory instruments.
Mullin, Jerome; Marquardt, Michael J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 400.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Chemometrics |
Potentiometry
Measuring Carbon Monoxide in Auto Exhaust by Gas Chromatography  Jaffe, Dan; Herndon, Scott
Experimental procedure for measuring carbon monoxide in auto exhaust by gas chromatography; includes sample data and analysis.
Jaffe, Dan; Herndon, Scott J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 364.
Chromatography |
Gases |
Separation Science |
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Gas Chromatography
Fourier and Hadamard: Transforms in Spectroscopy  Graff, Darla K.
Discussion of mathematical transformations, focussing on the Hadamard transform, with comparisons to Fourier transform.
Graff, Darla K. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 304.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
Liquid Chromatographic Determination of UV Absorbers in Sunscreens  Davis, Mary R.; Quigley, Michael N.
Using liquid chromatography with UV absorbence to determine the concentration of compounds that block UV radiation in commercial sunscreens; includes sample data.
Davis, Mary R.; Quigley, Michael N. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 279.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Consumer Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
The Identification of Aspirin-Free Bayer Products: An Alternative to the Classical TLC of Analgesics (1)  Cawley, John J.
Procedure for identifying several non-aspirin analgesics using using thin layer chromatography and an ultraviolet lamp.
Cawley, John J. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 272.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis
Change of Forms of Cadmium in the Aquatic Environment  Wu, R. S. S.
Procedure for determining the concentration of cadmium in water samples and changes in that concentration under varying conditions.
Wu, R. S. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 264.
Metals |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
X-ray Fluorescence Analysis Simulation  Armitage, D. Bruce
Description of software to simulate the qualitative and quantitative X-ray fluorescence (XRF) analysis of an unknown containing three to five elements randomly drawn from a list of twenty four elements.
Armitage, D. Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 241.
Emphasizing Mineral Chemistry in an Analytical Chemistry Unit  Dunn, Jeffrey G.; Mullings, Lindsay R.; Phillips, David N.
An analytical chemistry laboratory unit that illustrates principles and procedures used by mineral processing industries.
Dunn, Jeffrey G.; Mullings, Lindsay R.; Phillips, David N. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 220.
Metallurgy |
Geochemistry |
Industrial Chemistry
Manual Head Space Sampling for Gas Chromatographic Analysis  Corkill, Jeffrey A.; Raymond, Kenneth W.
A manual head space sampling technique that can eliminate many of the problems associated with manual injection of liquid samples.
Corkill, Jeffrey A.; Raymond, Kenneth W. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A202.
Gas Chromatography |
Laboratory Management
A Spreadsheet Workbook for Quantitative Chemical Analysis (de Levie, Robert)  Batt, Russell
Intended to help students understand the mathematical relationships and calculations involved in the several types of equilibria encountered in the typical first course in quantitative analysis; the workbook is written specifically for QuattroPro.
Batt, Russell J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A190.
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics
Interpretation of Mass Spectra, 4th ed. (McLafferty, Fred W.; Turecek, Frantisek)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A54.
Mass Spectrometry
Distorted Chromatographic Peaks  Hawkes, Stephen J.
This review discusses the cause and cure of nonideal chromatographic peaks in simple terms that can be conveyed to students in analytical service courses who know little or no physical chemistry.
Hawkes, Stephen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 1032.
Chromatography
Using Computers To Replace Some HPLC Laboratory Work  Bowater, Ian C.; McWilliam, Ian G.
164. Three exercises where students learn about HPLC through computer simulations.
Bowater, Ian C.; McWilliam, Ian G. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 674.
HPLC |
Separation Science
Acid-Base Titration Curves in Disproportionating Redox Systems  Michalowski, Tadeusz; Lesiak, Andrzej
Titrations for disproportioning systems with two bromine compounds (Br2 and HBrO) and iodine (I2) as examples.
Michalowski, Tadeusz; Lesiak, Andrzej J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 632.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Quantitative Analysis
Applications of the Gaussian Error Function in Analytical Chemistry  Freiser, Henry
163. Using QuattroPro to examine the properties and fundamental statistical parameters of Gaussian error curves.
Freiser, Henry J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 549.
Chemometrics
LIMSport (V): pH Data Acquisition: An Inexpensive Probe and Calibration Software  Vitz, Ed; Betts, Thomas A.
161. Construction and use of a "software pH meter".
Vitz, Ed; Betts, Thomas A. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 412.
pH |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Inexpensive Instrumental Analysis: II: Introductory Spectroscopy  Ramaley, Louis; Young, Kathleen; Guy, Robert D.; Stephens, Roger
A simple atomic flame spectrometer and a solution spectrophotometer that are easily constructed yet provide accurate and reliable results.
Ramaley, Louis; Young, Kathleen; Guy, Robert D.; Stephens, Roger J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 353.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A Kinetic Experiment To Determine Traces of Iron(lll) and Iron(ll): Using the "Pyrrole Blue" Reaction  Lampard, M.
The semi-quantitative determination of traces of iron(II) and iron(III) over a practical range of 1-10 micrograms.
Lampard, M. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 352.
Kinetics |
Qualitative Analysis |
Dyes / Pigments
Low-Cost Reference Electrode for Potentiotitrimetry  Riyazuddin, P.
This Cu 2+ / Cu half-cell can serve as a simple, truly low-cost reference electrodes in all types of potentiometry.
Riyazuddin, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 167.
Potentiometry |
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials
Inexpensive Instrumental Analysis: Part 1. Ion-Selective Electrodes  Ramaley, Louis; Wedge, Paula J.; Crain, Sheila M.
Constructing, applying, and analyzing the results of Na+ selective electrodes.
Ramaley, Louis; Wedge, Paula J.; Crain, Sheila M. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 164.
Instrumental Methods |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
pH
Easily Fabricated Half-Cells for Potentiometric Studies  Williams, Howard P.
A versatile cell design that is easily constructed from inexpensive materials.
Williams, Howard P. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 162.
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Potentiometry
A Visual Method of Teaching Mass Balance Relationships to Undergraduate Quantitative Analysis Students  Poston, Pete E.
Method for solving complex equilibria problems.
Poston, Pete E. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 146.
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Equilibrium
Active Learning Strategies in the Analytical Chemistry Classroom  Ross, Michael R.; Fulton, Robert B.
Project to restructure analytical chemistry in order to help students become more effective learners and its results.
Ross, Michael R.; Fulton, Robert B. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 141.
Learning Theories |
Student-Centered Learning
The Uncertainty of pH  Schmitz, Guy
Analysis of why measured pH values are always a little lower than the ones calculated.
Schmitz, Guy J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 117.
pH |
Chemometrics |
Kinetics
Modifying Relative Proportions of Chromatographic Mobile Phases  Cruz, Gregorio
Modifying a liquid chromatography solvent strength by changing the relative volumes of the components of an initial mixture.
Cruz, Gregorio J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 90.
Chromatography |
HPLC |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An experiment using time-based detection in flow injection analysis   Carroll, Mary K.; Tyson, Julian F.
This experiment can be adopted to work with any number of reactions that result in a product that absorbs light of the LED wavelength significantly.
Carroll, Mary K.; Tyson, Julian F. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A210.
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Animated demonstrations II: Mass spectrometer; single-crystal X-ray diffraction  Pavlik, Philip I.
A review of the second installment of this series.
Pavlik, Philip I. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 763.
X-ray Crystallography |
Mass Spectrometry
Unknown identification by simple stoichiometry  McCullough, Thomas
A simple experiment in which the student can determine the identity of a soluble carbonate salt using one straightforward reaction and gravimetric analysis.
McCullough, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 592.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Stoichiometry
Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Sixth Edition (Hollar, James F.; Skoog, Douglas A.; West, Donald M.)  Kaifer, Angel E.
This textbook is designed for one- or two- semester undergraduate analytical chemistry courses.
Kaifer, Angel E. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A305.
Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 4th Edition (Skoog, D. A.; Leary, J. J.).  Bower, Nathan W.
Presentation of instrumental methods for introductory students.
Bower, Nathan W. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A224.
Instrumental Methods
Analytical Chemistry: Principles and Practice, Second Edition (Kennedy, John H.)  Buckner, Steven W.
Review of an undergraduate analytical chemistry text.
Buckner, Steven W. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A187.
NMR tube cleaner  Denton, T. T.; Eisenbraun, E.
An inexpensive, rugged, and easily constructed alternative to all-glass, NMR-tube cleaners.
Denton, T. T.; Eisenbraun, E. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 1036.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
Atomic emission spectrometry with helium plasmas: An emerging approach for nonmetal determinations  Wu, Mingin; Gehlhausen, Jay M.; Carnahan, Jon W.
Capabilities of helium microwave-induced plasmas for the determination of nonmetals.
Wu, Mingin; Gehlhausen, Jay M.; Carnahan, Jon W. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 757.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Nonmetals |
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography
Solving equilibrium problems   Ruekberg, Ben
An equation with more than three terms is not cause for despair.
Ruekberg, Ben J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 344.
Equilibrium |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Graphical presentation of acid-base reactions: Using a computer-interfaced autotitrator  Lake, Michele E.; Grunow, David A.; Su, Meng-Chih
136. The goal of this project is to help students see what occurs in the solution at every single step during the course of a titration.
Lake, Michele E.; Grunow, David A.; Su, Meng-Chih J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 299.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
An evaluation of drop counting as a volume measurement   Ealy, James; Pickering, Miles
Drop counting as a volume measurement has gained popularity, especially in high school laboratories. These authors investigate the technique.
Ealy, James; Pickering, Miles J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, A120.
Microscale Lab |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
Undergraduate organic and polymer lab experiments that exemplify structure determination by NMR  Viswanathan, T.; Watson, F.; Yang, D. T. C.
Where in the curriculum is the best place to teach experimental NMR methods that are so essential to chemists and chemistry? These authors are of the opinion that NMR must be given more than a cursory introduction involving a single experiment, and present a series of experiments.
Viswanathan, T.; Watson, F.; Yang, D. T. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 685.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy
A problem for buffer buffs  Leis, J. Ramon; Pena, M. Elena; Herrero-Latorre, C.
An exam problem particularly for undergraduates studying chemistry as part of some other discipline such as biochemistry, biology, or medicine.
Leis, J. Ramon; Pena, M. Elena; Herrero-Latorre, C. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 141.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
pH
Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction, Fifth Edition (Skoog, Douglas A.; West, Donald; Holler, F. James)  Ganchoff, John
Suitable for students exposed to only one analytical chemistry course or who are sophomore chemistry majors.
Ganchoff, John J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A293.
Introduction to Spectroscopy, IR, NMR, & CMR (Clough, Fred W.)  Byrd, James E.
Set of programs designed to help students analyze and interpret infrared, 1H-NMR and 13C-NMR spectra.
Byrd, James E. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A194.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
The determination of vanillin in vanilla extract: An analytical chemistry experiment  Ainscough, Eric W.; Brodie, Andrew M.
Determination of the concentration of vanillin in vanilla extract using ultraviolet spectroscopy.
Ainscough, Eric W.; Brodie, Andrew M. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 1070.
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Separation Science
A short program for the automatic calculation of pH in solutions having many acids or bases  Campanario, Juan Miguel; Ballesteros, Reyes
121. Bits and pieces, 45. A computer program for calculating the pH of mixtures having many acids or bases.
Campanario, Juan Miguel; Ballesteros, Reyes J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 1036.
Acids / Bases |
pH
Research projects for undergraduate students: A more rewarding approach to analytical chemistry courses  Demczylo, Victor; Martinez, Jorge; Rivero, Arlette; Scoseria, Eleonora; Serra, Jose Luis
Assigning a research project that covers both the theoretical and practical aspects of the subjects under consideration, introducing at the same time the principles and concepts that support scientific research and integrating those subjects that constitute useful analytical tools (statistics and computing).
Demczylo, Victor; Martinez, Jorge; Rivero, Arlette; Scoseria, Eleonora; Serra, Jose Luis J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 948.
Undergraduate Research
Calculation of solubilities of carbonates and phosphates in water as influenced by competitive acid-base reactions  Lagier, Claudia; Olivieri, Alejandro
Examples of the calculation of the solubilities of carbonates and phosphates in water as influenced by competitive acid-base reactions and their practical applications.
Lagier, Claudia; Olivieri, Alejandro J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 934.
Precipitation / Solubility |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Chemometrics |
Equilibrium |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry
Extensive student use of a spreadsheet in quantitative analysis  Mullin, Jerome L.; Eierman, Robert J.
119. Using Microsoft Lotus 1-2-3 to manipulate and display data in a quantitative analysis course; includes both laboratory and lecture applications.
Mullin, Jerome L.; Eierman, Robert J. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 878.
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics
The use of Dristan Nasal Spray as the unknown for simultaneous spectrophotometric analysis of a mixture  Williams, Kathryn R.; Cole, Steven R.; Boyette, Stacey E; Schulman, Stephen G.
The simultaneous determination of a mixture of two chromophores is a popular experiment in the instrumental analysis laboratory.
Williams, Kathryn R.; Cole, Steven R.; Boyette, Stacey E; Schulman, Stephen G. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 535.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals
A paradoxical effect of the titrated volume in potentiometric titrations  Rossi, Maura Vincenza; Iha, Maria Encarnacion V. Suarez; Neves, Eduardo Almeida
The present paper discusses the effect of the titrated volume of solution on the basis of experimental and calculated titration curves.
Rossi, Maura Vincenza; Iha, Maria Encarnacion V. Suarez; Neves, Eduardo Almeida J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 65.
Potentiometry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents
Chromanal: Interactive chromatographic analysis software  Anderson, Jeffrey E.
Software that deals with the analysis of chromatographic data obtained from gas or liquid chromatography.
Anderson, Jeffrey E. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, A198.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Chromatography
Instrumental Methods of Analysis, Seventh Edition (Dean, John A.; Merritt, Lynne L., Jr.; Settle, Frank A., Jr.; Willard, Hobart H.)  Young, Vaneica
Compared with the sixth edition, the seventh edition has five fewer chapters.
Young, Vaneica J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, A46.
Instrumental Methods
The acid-base package: A collection of useful programs for proton-transfer systems  Hawkes, Stephen J.
Four programs that deal with the types of acid-base calculations normally encountered in introductory and analytical chemistry courses.
Hawkes, Stephen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 830.
Acids / Bases |
Chemometrics
A comparison of optical detectors for the visible and ultraviolet  Grossman, William E. L.
A comparison of the operating mechanisms and characteristics of photomultiplier tubes, silicon photodiode arrays, and charge transfer devices.
Grossman, William E. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 697.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Semiconductors
Teaching magnetic resonance imaging using computer animation  Browne, David S.; Ellsworth, Presley E., IV; Hornak, Joseph P.
105. Bits and pieces, 41. A computer-based teaching package for the principles of NMR imaging written in Turbo Pascal.
Browne, David S.; Ellsworth, Presley E., IV; Hornak, Joseph P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 647.
NMR Spectroscopy
A versatile compact reference electrode  Kusuda, Kousuke
Construction of a compact saturated calomel electrode.
Kusuda, Kousuke J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 531.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry
The Perceived Purpose of Quantitative Analysis  Collins, Myron
The author expresses a differing point of view from that of Hirsch on the subject of the introductory quantitative analysis course.
Collins, Myron J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 272.
Quantitative Analysis
Availability of video tape to clarify the method of standard abbreviations  Williams, Kathryn R.
The method of standard addition is recognized as an important calibration technique in instrumental analysis.
Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 247.
Calibration |
Addition Reactions |
Instrumental Methods
A simple method for spectrophotometric determination of two-components with overlapped spectra  Blanco, M.; Iturriaga, H.; Maspoch, S.; Tarin, P.
In order to introduce chemistry students to multicomponent analysis, the authors have developed a graphical/numerical method for quantitative analysis of mixtures of two components with overlapped spectra.
Blanco, M.; Iturriaga, H.; Maspoch, S.; Tarin, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 178.
Quantitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Chemometrics
Fourier analysis and structure determination. Part I. Fourier transforms  Chesick, John P.
In this part, Part I, the authors provide a brief introduction to Fourier analysis and some definitions and properties of Fourier transforms that are needed in Parts II and III for the discussions of NMR imaging and X-ray crystal structure analysis.
Chesick, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 128.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy
Quantitative chemical analysis; second edition (Harris, Daniel C.)  Engstron, Royce C.
A review of a new edition of a popular analytical text that proves to be readable and attractive.
Engstron, Royce C. J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, A140.
Quantitative Analysis
Identification of courmarin in vanilla extracts by TLC and HPLC  McKone, Harold T.; Chambers, Timothy E.
A brief description for a lab identifying courmarin in vanilla extracts by TLC and HPLC.
McKone, Harold T.; Chambers, Timothy E. J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 628.
Natural Products |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
HPLC |
Separation Science
Quantitative Chemical Analysis (Manahan, Stanley E.)  Guthrie, Frank A.
Quantitative analysis text.
Guthrie, Frank A. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A328.
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Fourier transforms for chemists. Part 3. Fourier transforms in data treatment  Glasser, L.
Mathematical properties and manipulations of Fourier transforms.
Glasser, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A306.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. Part II. Advantages of FT-IR  Perkins, W. D.
Considers energy and other advantages of FT-IR.
Perkins, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A269.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Fourier transforms for chemists. Part 2. Fourier transforms in chemistry and spectroscopy  Glasser, L.
Considers the number of data channels in a spectrometer, the dispersive element as a delay device, the Fourier transform technique and its advantages, the fast Fourier transform technique and its advantages, and applications of these techniques to chemistry.
Glasser, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A260.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
X-ray fluorescence spectrometric analysis of geologic materials Part 2. Applications  Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R.
Interferences due to matrix effects; analysis of geologic materials; sample preparation; trace element analysis; and optimizing geologic sample analysis.
Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A200.
Spectroscopy |
Geochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
X-ray fluorescence spectrometric analysis of geologic materials Part 1. Principles and instrumentation  Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R.
Complete summary of XRF spectroscopy as applied to the chemical analysis of geologic specimens, including principles, production of X-rays, interaction with matter, detectors, and analysis of data.
Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A181.
Spectroscopy |
Geochemistry
Qualitative Chemical Analysis (Harris, Daniel C.)  Wolsey, Wayne C.
Analytical chemistry text.
Wolsey, Wayne C. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A156.
Qualitative Analysis
A numerical algorithm technique for deriving Russell-Saunders (R-S) terms  Kiremire, E. M. R.
Another simple, versatile, and systematic numerical method of deriving the R-S terms as part of the interpretation of atomic and electronic spectra.
Kiremire, E. M. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 951.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Advances in acid-base Gran plot methodology  Schwartz, Lowell M.
By suitable modifications in the data analysis, Gran plot methodology can be extended to acidic or basic analyte solutions that would be difficult to treat by the conventional equations.
Schwartz, Lowell M. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 947.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Outmoded terminology: The normal hydrogen electrode  Ramette, R. W.
As educators, we should not confuse the "normal hydrogen electrode" with the "standard hydrogen electrode".
Ramette, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 885.
Electrochemistry |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols
A straightforward way to determine relative intensities of spin-spin splitting lines of equivalent nuclei in NMR spectra  Orcutt, Ronald H.
Because of the increasingly widespread availability of FT-NMR spectrometers with multinuclear capability, it is desirable to have a simple rule for predicting relative intensities to be expected in spin systems other than {-1/2, +1/2}.
Orcutt, Ronald H. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 763.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Safe and reliable electrode storage  Williams, Howard P.
A container that prevents evaporation and keeps electrodes ready for use.
Williams, Howard P. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 556.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Electrochemistry |
Ion Selective Electrodes
Analytical methods development  Basel, Chris L.
Examples of questions used in a sophomore-level introductory analytical chemistry course to assess and develop reasoning skills.
Basel, Chris L. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 528.
Soil pH as a first experiment in quantitative analysis  VanDoren, Janet H.
Testing soil pH as a first experiment in quantitative analysis; involves sampling and subsampling, massing techniques, moisture determination, data recording, and the variability common to real samples.
VanDoren, Janet H. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 447.
Agricultural Chemistry |
pH |
Quantitative Analysis
"We analytical chemistry teachers don't get no respect" - Maybe we would if we really taught analytical chemistry  Hirsch, Roland F.
The material traditionally taught in the introductory analytical chemistry course (quantitative analysis) has little connection with analytical chemistry.
Hirsch, Roland F. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 438.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
An alternative use of titrimetric data  Castillo, Carlos S.
Rearrangement of equations appearing in the original article.
Castillo, Carlos S. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 288.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis
Using "electronic laboratory notebook" software in the instrumental analysis course  Delaney, Michael F.
79. Experience with and student generated results using the RS/1 electric laboratory notebook software.
Delaney, Michael F. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 29.
Chemometrics
Characterization of gas chromatographic liquid phases using McReynolds constants: An experiment for instrumental analysis laboratory.  Erskine, Steven R.; Lennox, John C.; Bobbitt, Donald R.
This paper describes an experiment that is designed to aid in the development of an understanding of the fundamental processes involved in gas chromatographic separations by introducing the student to the Kovats retention index system.
Erskine, Steven R.; Lennox, John C.; Bobbitt, Donald R. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 1099.
Gas Chromatography
Ion-selective electrode in organic analysis: A salicylate electrode  Chan, W. H.; Wong, M. S.; Yip, C. W.
The project presented in this paper demonstrates to students the principles and techniques of using the ion-selective electrode in organic analysis.
Chan, W. H.; Wong, M. S.; Yip, C. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 915.
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Electrochemistry |
Consumer Chemistry |
Acids / Bases
Introducing plastic in the laboratory: Synthesis of a plasticizer, dioctylphthalate and evaluation of its effects on the physical properties of polystyrenes  Caspar, A.; Gillois, J.; Guillerm, G.; Savignac, M.; Vo-Quang, L.
These authors are proposing a two-stage experimental approach that combines preparative organic chemistry and polymer characterization.
Caspar, A.; Gillois, J.; Guillerm, G.; Savignac, M.; Vo-Quang, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 811.
Esters |
Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Thin Layer Chromatography
NMR simulation program for the ZX81 computer  Starkey, Ronald
73. Bits and pieces, 29. A report of an NMR simulation program the author created.
Starkey, Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 625.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
A structures approach to teaching applied problem solving through technology assessment  Fischbach, Fritz A.; Sell, Nancy J.
The type of "problem-solving" chemistry students are skilled at is inconsistent with the types of problems students would need to solve in the real world, on the job. This paper describes a method to train students to make a transition between the analytical and creative problem-solving approaches when situations demand.
Fischbach, Fritz A.; Sell, Nancy J. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 522.
Reverse-phase thin-layer chromatography  Cooley, J. H.; Wong, A. L.
Reversing the polarity of the stationary and mobile phases enhances learning from the types of experiments profiled in this note.
Cooley, J. H.; Wong, A. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 353.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Food Science
Illustration of plane-polarized light  Elakovich, Stella D.
A simple illustration of the effect of polarizing lenses.
Elakovich, Stella D. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 268.
Stereochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
On writing equations  Campbell, J.A.
The author presents a very direct approach to writing complicated equations without using a matrix approach.
Campbell, J.A. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 63.
Stoichiometry |
Chemometrics
Instrumentation and the total analytical process  Pleva, Michael A.; Settle, Frank A., Jr.
Emphasizing the total analytical process by considering the goal of the analysis, isolation of the system on which the analysis is to be performed, physical and chemical manipulations of the sample to produce the analyte, measurement of the analyte, and evaluation of the results, in addition to instrumental techniques.
Pleva, Michael A.; Settle, Frank A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, A85.
Instrumental Methods
Analytical Chemistry, Principles; Analytical Chemistry, Practice (Kennedy, John)  Rechnitz, Garry A.
Analytical text for sophomores.
Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, A71.
Countercurrent extraction of ink: A demonstration of the chromatographic mechanism  Bricker, Clark E.; Sloop, Gregory T.
A simple system that can demonstrate the significance of discontinuous countercurrent extraction.
Bricker, Clark E.; Sloop, Gregory T. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 1109.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Instrumentation and analytical methodology in forensic science  Gaensslen, R. E.; Kubic, Thomas A.; Desio, Peter J.; Lee, Henry C.
Types of evidence and analytical / instrumental methods involved in forensic science. From one of two symposia on forensic chemistry, one held at the ACS meeting in Seattle, 1983, and the second held at the 8th BCCE, Storrs CT, 1984.
Gaensslen, R. E.; Kubic, Thomas A.; Desio, Peter J.; Lee, Henry C. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 1058.
Forensic Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods
The toxicology laboratory: An application of forensic chemistry  Raisys, Vidmantas
Sampling challenges and the use of chromatography in the toxicological laboratory. From one of two symposia on forensic chemistry, one held at the ACS meeting in Seattle, 1983, and the second held at the 8th BCCE, Storrs CT, 1984.
Raisys, Vidmantas J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 1050.
Forensic Chemistry |
Toxicology |
Chromatography
A quantitative infrared spectroscopy experiment  Krahling, Mark D.; Eliason, Robert
Determining the amount of methanol in 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (TFE).
Krahling, Mark D.; Eliason, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 886.
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents
A problem in calibrating a spectrophotometer  Johnson, James G.
Standardization checks should be carried out under exactly the same conditions as used for daily work with the instrument.
Johnson, James G. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 885.
Calibration |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The titrimetric determination of acetylsalicylic acid in analgesic tablets  Braun, Robert D.
Example of a titrimetric method in a nonaqueous amphiprotic solvent (methanol).
Braun, Robert D. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 811.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Acids / Bases
Inexpensive Apple II/photometer interfacing  Russo, Thomas
62. Bits and pieces, 25. A combined software / hardware package for the Apple II that will monitor light intensity versus real time.
Russo, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 692.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Photochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Interfacing a scanning infrared spectrophotometer to a microcomputer  Mattson, B. M.; Shepherd, T. R.; Solsky, J. F.
62. Bits and pieces, 25. Upgrading an older spectrophotometer to interface with a computer.
Mattson, B. M.; Shepherd, T. R.; Solsky, J. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 690.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Voltammetry as a model for teaching chemical instrumentation  Gunasingham, H.; Ang, K. P.
The technique of voltammetry, evolution of instrumentation for voltammetry, and the use of computers in voltammetry.
Gunasingham, H.; Ang, K. P. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 610.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
A different view of using titrimetric data  Castillo S., Carlos
Using titration data to obtain the dissociation constant of the acid under consideration.
Castillo S., Carlos J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 443.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Analytical chemistry program set  Hardy, James K.
60. Bits and pieces, 23. A series of programs for use in the analytical laboratory.
Hardy, James K. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 411.
Gas Chromatography |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A primer on Fourier transform NMR  Macomber, Roger S.
Written to give the beginning student some insight about how data are collected in the time domain, as well as how these data are transformed into the frequency domain.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 213.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Wide selection of selective electrodes  Monroe, Dan
Description of some new types of ion and bioselective electrodes.
Monroe, Dan J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 178.
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Instrumental Methods
An experiment to examine the phosphate interference in the flame emission analysis of calcium  Jackman, Donald C.
A procedure that considers flame emission technique, calibration plots, interferences, indirect flame emission analysis, and techniques for removing interferences.
Jackman, Donald C. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 161.
Instrumental Methods
A modern GS/MS/data system  Karasek, Francis W.; Viau, Alan C.
Describes the design, use, and advantages of a gas chromatography / mass spectrometer / computerized data system.
Karasek, Francis W.; Viau, Alan C. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A233.
Gas Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Laboratory Management |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Instrumental Methods
Calculations in Analytical Chemistry (Ryan, Michael D.; Fernando, Quitus)  Ramette, R. W.
An analytical chemistry workbook.
Ramette, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A208.
Chemometrics
Electroanalytical Chemistry: Basic Principles and Applications (Plambeck, James A.)  Smith, Wayne H.
Covers the full scope of electroanalytical chemistry at an introductory level.
Smith, Wayne H. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A185.
Electrochemistry
Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis: Third Edition, Revised and Expanded (Robinson, James W.)  Mark, Harry B., Jr.
Textbook for instrumental methods of analysis.
Mark, Harry B., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A141.
Instrumental Methods
Choosing the right instrument: The modular approach. Part II  Strobel, Howard A.
How well can instrument specification be related to the behavior of modules? How often is a specification fixed by a single module?
Strobel, Howard A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A89.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Choosing the right instrument: The modular approach. Part I.  Strobel, Howard A.
Considering instruments as systems rather than individually.
Strobel, Howard A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A53.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An inexpensive syringe for gas chromatography  Avila, Walter B.; Hamilton, Mark A.; Holwitt, Eric A.
Replacing expensive GC syringes with disposable, plastic insulin syringes.
Avila, Walter B.; Hamilton, Mark A.; Holwitt, Eric A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1109.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Gas Chromatography |
Laboratory Management
A device for direct potentiometric measurements of samples with very large electrical resistance  Oman, S.
An improvised combination of single electrodes for pH measurements of samples with very large electrical resistance, such as cosmetics and pharmaceutical emulsions and creams.
Oman, S. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1029.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
pH |
Consumer Chemistry
Colorimetric titration experiment for the undergraduate laboratory  Lopez, Edwin; Vassos, Basil H.
The design and application of a colorimetric titration instrument that is rugged, free from ambient light interference, and inexpensive.
Lopez, Edwin; Vassos, Basil H. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1025.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The Fe(II)-Cr(VI) reaction without using mercury  Klett, Lee D.; Black, Arthur H.; Parker, Gordon A.
Procedure that employs titanium rather than mercury in the oxidation-reduction titration of iron(II) with chromium(VI).
Klett, Lee D.; Black, Arthur H.; Parker, Gordon A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1020.
Reactions |
Oxidation State |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Metals
An undergraduate column chromatography experiment  Danot, M.; Nahmias, S.; Zoller, U.
Introduces undergraduates to the theoretical and technical aspects of column chromatography.
Danot, M.; Nahmias, S.; Zoller, U. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1019.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
High performance thin layer chromatography  Costanzo, Samuel J.
Considers the various ways in which high performance has been achieved in thin layer chromatography, including the new TLC plates, sample application, plate development, and instrumental techniques.
Costanzo, Samuel J. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1015.
HPLC |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Instrumental Methods
Fabrication of an inexpensive ion-selective electrode  Palanivel, A.; Piyazuddin, P.
Preparation and performance of a graphite (Ag2-CuS) electrode.
Palanivel, A.; Piyazuddin, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 920.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
An automatic titrator for student use  Bryne, Joseph E.
Using a syringe pump to replace an expensive automatic titrator.
Bryne, Joseph E. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 829.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Uncertainty analysis by the "worst case" method  Gordon, Roy; Pickering, Miles; Bisson, Denise
A new method of uncertainty propagation that is in many ways superior to the traditional manipulation of absolute and relative uncertainty.
Gordon, Roy; Pickering, Miles; Bisson, Denise J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 780.
Chemometrics
A practical experiment for determining a pervasive, persistent pollutant  Anderson, C. P.; Saner, W. A.
Spectral identification by means of infrareds spectroscopy of the PCBs recovered from a TLC plate is enhanced due to the concentrating effect of a commercial sample-recovery system.
Anderson, C. P.; Saner, W. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 738.
IR Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
An inexpensive, commercial-type, reference electrode  Randle, T. H.; Kelly, P. J.
Describes the construction of a simple, commercial-type electrode that is compact, not orientation sensitive, and requires the minimum of expensive materials (mercury and platinum).
Randle, T. H.; Kelly, P. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 721.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry
Introductory use of infrared spectra: A formalized approach  McMinn, Dennis
A strategy for introducing the interpretation of IR spectra by looking for the presence (or absence) of peaks in six key regions
McMinn, Dennis J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 708.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Interpreting infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of simple organic compounds for the beginner  Ingham, A. M.; Henson, R. C.
Flowcharts to help the beginner become proficient in interpreting infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of simple organic compounds.
Ingham, A. M.; Henson, R. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 704.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Spectrophotometry: Mechanics and measurement  Diehl-Jones, Susan M.
Experiment designed to be an introduction to spectrophotometry and to general spectral analysis techniques.
Diehl-Jones, Susan M. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 255.
Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
Analytical chemistry  Seymour, Michael D.
Defines analytical chemistry and describes the work of analytical chemists.
Seymour, Michael D. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 228.
Student / Career Counseling
Potentiometric titrations using pencil and graphite sensors  Selig, Walter S.
Methods for using pencil and graphite sensors for many types of potentiometric titrations.
Selig, Walter S. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 80.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Qualitative determination of nitrate with triphenylbenzylphosphonium chloride  Berry, Donna A.; Cole, Jerry J.
Since the reliability of the standard test for nitrate (adding ferrous sulfate and sulfuric acid) is questionable, a new qualitative scheme using triphenylbenzylphosphonium chloride is described.
Berry, Donna A.; Cole, Jerry J. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 60.
Qualitative Analysis
Graphical display of chemical interactive programs using a programmable pocket calculator   Holdsworth, David
44. Bits and pieces, 16. Pocket calculators can be programed to display histograms, double graph plotting, and higher definition graphics.
Holdsworth, David J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 736.
Two readily-constructed instruments for the teaching laboratory  Isaacs, Neil S.
The authors report designs for a colorimeter and for a polarimeter; both of which may be constructed readily with average workshop facilities and whose performance is superior to many commercial instruments commonly in use in teaching laboratories.
Isaacs, Neil S. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 607.
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Computer simulation of NMR spectra   Ellison, A.
40. A new PASCAL program has been written to provide for the interactive analysis and display of the high resolution NMR spectra.
Ellison, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 425.
NMR Spectroscopy
Scoring qualitative inorganic unknowns at the stockroom  Brooks, David W.; Tipton, Thomas J.; Kinnan, Darrell A.
The authors share their strategy for efficiently organizing unknown chemicals in their stockroom that are used for qualitative analysis.
Brooks, David W.; Tipton, Thomas J.; Kinnan, Darrell A. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 389.
Qualitative Analysis |
Laboratory Management
A nontraditional qualitative organic analysis experiment  Haynes, LeRoy W.
The author of this article wanted students to gain experience with experiments that come closer to separation and identification problems which a chemist would have to solve in a research situation. The activity described in this article was designed to meet that end.
Haynes, LeRoy W. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 234.
Qualitative Analysis
Titration calculations- a problem-solving approach  Waddling, Robin E. L.
This author shares a strategy for helping students who might be struggling with understanding how to calculate and understand titration data.
Waddling, Robin E. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 230.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics
Solvent increment not solvent correction: a suggested modification in the procedure of calculating wavelength of maximum ultraviolet absorption of alpha, beta-unsaturated aldehydes and ketones  Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail
This article describes a procedure for calculating the ? solvent max that removes an unnecessary, but typical source of confusion.
Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 149.
Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Mass spectral analysis of halogen compounds   Holdsworth, David K.
37. Bits and pieces, 14. A pocket calculator can be programmed to decide and display the halogen combination in a molecular-ion cluster by examination of the (M+2)/M or (X+2)/X percentage values.
Holdsworth, David K. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 103.
Chemometrics |
Mass Spectrometry
Balancing complex chemical equations using a hand-held calculator   Alberty, Robert A.
37. Bits and pieces, 14. This article is primarily concerned the question: If certain specified chemical species are involved in a reaction, what are the stoichiometric coefficients?
Alberty, Robert A. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 102.
Stoichiometry
A microcomputer-based data acquisition system for use in undergraduate laboratories  Johnson, Ray L.
Describes a laboratory computer system based on the Commodore PET 2001 and its application to the analytical chemistry loaboratory.
Johnson, Ray L. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 784.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Instruction in voltammetry and amperometric titrations  von Wandruszka, R.
32. Bits and pieces, 12.
von Wandruszka, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 781.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Introducing microcomputers into an analytical lab course  Pankuch, Brian J.
32. Bits and pieces, 12.
Pankuch, Brian J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 774.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Simulation of chemical instrumentation. I: Computer-graphics emulation of chemical instrumentation: Absorption spectrophotometers  Gilbert, D. D.; Mounts, T. T., II; Frost, A. A.
31.
Gilbert, D. D.; Mounts, T. T., II; Frost, A. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 661.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Manifold for gas chromatography  Conklin, Alfred R., Jr.
A manifold that allows one to operate four gas chromatographs on three tanks: one of hydrogen, one of compressed air, and one tank of carrier gas.
Conklin, Alfred R., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 616.
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science |
Gases
The construction of a simple pyrolysis gas chromatograph  Hedrick, Jack L.
Constructing and using a simple PGC system made from outmoded gas chromatographs.
Hedrick, Jack L. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 612.
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
The recording of spectra on sheet film  Briggs, A. G.; Simmons, R. E.
Adapting the photographic plate holder of a spectrograph to enable sheet film to be used instead of glass plates.
Briggs, A. G.; Simmons, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 343.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
A simple and inexpensive preparative TLC applicator  Lavallee, P.; Muzart, J.
A simple thin layer chromstography applicator that allows for the application of narrow streaks without holes or grooves, even when homemade plates are used.
Lavallee, P.; Muzart, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 250.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The analysis of an amine mixture: An introductory analysis experiment  Williams, T. R.
Analysis of a binary mixture of amines in which students are asked to identify each component and determine the weight percentage of each compound.
Williams, T. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 202.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Introducing the analytical perspective  Atkinson, George F.
A scheme to introduce the analytical process and the design of analytical experiments to students in analytical chemistry.
Atkinson, George F. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 201.
Specific gravity pipets  Cabrera, Sergio H.; Concha, Guido A.
Modifying volumetric pipets to determine specific gravity.
Cabrera, Sergio H.; Concha, Guido A. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 162.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Solubility of a compound including anion interaction with the solvent  Kelly, Edward
The student is required to write all the equilibrium equations and solve numerically the full and reduced sets of equations by writing suitable computer programs.
Kelly, Edward J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 132.
Precipitation / Solubility |
Solutions / Solvents |
Quantitative Analysis |
Equilibrium
A program package for quantitative analysis laboratory  Criasia, Ronald T.
25. Bits and pieces, 9. Describes 12 available programs to assist quantitative analysis.
Criasia, Ronald T. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 131.
Quantitative Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Calibration |
Chemometrics
Spectroscopy illustrated - A lecture experiment  Boschmann, Erwin
Uses DMSO to illustrate factors that influence the frequency of absorption in infrared spectroscopy.
Boschmann, Erwin J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 57.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds
Boiling points and small volumes: An apparatus and a method  Leonard, Jack E.; Behelfer, Gary; Mohrmann, Leonard D.
The authors describe a convenient apparatus that can be used with thousands of students to perform qualitative analysis of organic substances using boiling points.
Leonard, Jack E.; Behelfer, Gary; Mohrmann, Leonard D. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 1029.
Qualitative Analysis |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams |
Physical Properties
"And from the slope of the line we calculate . . .".  Stolzberg, Richard J.
Students don't have the experience with manipulating data that they need in order to perform comprehensive quantitative analysis. This note suggests a problem that helps students practice appropriate data manipulation.
Stolzberg, Richard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 710.
Quantitative Analysis
Another approach to titration curves: Which is the dependent variable?  Willis, Christropher J.
In this paper, an approach to titration curves is described which eliminates common stumbling blocks in achieving student understanding.
Willis, Christropher J. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 659.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Spectroscopy in organic chemistry at the introductory level  Gurst, Jerome E.
This author has found that the use of a limited series of compounds allow students to focus attention on the spectra rather than the structural formulas of many compounds. This allows students to grasp the significance of the spectral measurements in a minimal time period.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 511.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Determination of iron by atomic absorption in vitamin-mineral tablets  Pinnell, Robert P.; Zanella, Andrew W.
A description for a laboratory for use in quantitative analysis in which iron in multivitamin tables is determined by atomic absorption.
Pinnell, Robert P.; Zanella, Andrew W. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 444.
Consumer Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Vitamins
Project Select (the author replies)  Settle, Frank A., Jr.
Addresses concerns regarding bias toward comparison of instrument specifications.
Settle, Frank A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, A171.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Project Select  Aquilina, Ellen P.; Malone, James P.
Concerns regarding bias toward comparison of instrument specifications.
Aquilina, Ellen P.; Malone, James P. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, A171.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
CII. Automated anodic stripping voltammetry  Stock, John T.
Circuitry and use of a computer-controlled, anodic stripping analyzer.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, A125.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A laboratory introduction to quantitative column chromatography  Johnson, Judith Faye; Rubinson, Kenneth A.
Involves a Beer's Law plot calibration, a elutropic series, and microvolumetric techniques.
Johnson, Judith Faye; Rubinson, Kenneth A. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 909.
Chromatography |
Quantitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Constant current source for student use in voltammetric titrations  Muha, G. M.; Pepis, E. N.
A simple constant current source for student use in voltammetric titrations with a rotating platinum or dual polarized microelectrodes.
Muha, G. M.; Pepis, E. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 878.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry
Constant current source for student use in voltammetric titrations  Muha, G. M.; Pepis, E. N.
A simple constant current source for student use in voltammetric titrations with a rotating platinum or dual polarized microelectrodes.
Muha, G. M.; Pepis, E. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 878.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry
The chemistry of seashells  Kinard, W. Frank
Infrared studies, magnesium analysis, and the shell chemistry of some common marine organisms.
Kinard, W. Frank J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 783.
Natural Products |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Alteration of curve shape on circular recorders  Atkinson, George F.
Equivalent Gaussian curves presented on linear and circular charts.
Atkinson, George F. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 755.
Spectroscopy
Stoichiometry of redox reactions  Parker, Gordon A.
A question involving an amplification reaction sequence and the balancing of oxidation-reduction reactions.
Parker, Gordon A. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 721.
Stoichiometry |
Oxidation / Reduction
A systematic approach to standard addition methods in instrumental analysis  Bader, Morris
Nine cases of standard addition methods in instrumental analysis, including linear instruments, a non-linear response, the electrochemical Nernst equation, and radiochemical techniques.
Bader, Morris J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 703.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Electrochemistry |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
On the variation of infrared absorption spectra with gas pressure and cell length  Goldman, A.; Blatherwick, R. D.
Shows how the "strong line" and "weak line" approximations to the Lambert-Beer law can be used to explain a seemingly contradictory comparison between two spectra of the same molecule.
Goldman, A.; Blatherwick, R. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 392.
IR Spectroscopy
A simple and convenient ion-selective electrode for instructional use  Schwartz, Leslie J.; Grant, Edward R.
A particularly simple and quick method for students to make ion-selective membranes for use in ion-selective electrodes.
Schwartz, Leslie J.; Grant, Edward R. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 311.
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Gas chromatographic determination of methyl salicylate in rubbing alcohol: An experiment employing standard addition  Van Atta, Robert E.; Van Atta, R. Lewis
Provides an exercise in standard addition as applied to the gas chromatographic analysis of the methyl salicylate in wintergreen rubbing alcohol.
Van Atta, Robert E.; Van Atta, R. Lewis J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 230.
Alcohols |
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods
High resolution mass spectra analysis with a programmable calculator  Holdsworth, David K.
Calculator programs to analyze mass spectra data.
Holdsworth, David K. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 99.
Mass Spectrometry
XCIX. A device for demonstrating microprocessor interfacing  Schilling, J. W.
In designing interfaces between a microprocessor or minicomputer and an external device, it is important to "breadboard" a prototype unit first.
Schilling, J. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, A104.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Column chromatography aid  Wiedmann, Jerome L.
Using a polyethylene bottle as a solvent reservoir.
Wiedmann, Jerome L. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 766.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Potassium bromide disc infrared spectroscopy: A useful technique for liquid samples  Andersen, Jan R.
Use of the KBr-disc method need not be restricted to solids alone.
Andersen, Jan R. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 761.
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management
How the Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer works  Strong, Frederick C., III
Explains how the Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer works.
Strong, Frederick C., III J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 681.
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Lasers
Two sample applicators for chromatography  Malik, N. S. A.; Berrie, A. M. M.
Designs for two thin layer chromatography applicators that can be made with a minimum of workshop facilities are described, one for small syringes and the other for larger syringes.
Malik, N. S. A.; Berrie, A. M. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 680.
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science
Ultraviolet spectrophotometric determination of caffeine in cola drinks: An organic analytical experiment  Van Atta, Robert E.
Procedure may also be applied to No-Doz tablets and tea.
Van Atta, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 666.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Quantitative Analysis
An improved method in the redox titration of oxalic acid by permanganate  Datta, M.; Ameta, Suresh C.; Pande, P. N.; Gupta, H. L.; Bokadia, M. M.
To avoid heating, the authors have introduced this reaction with ascorbic acid.
Datta, M.; Ameta, Suresh C.; Pande, P. N.; Gupta, H. L.; Bokadia, M. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 659.
Oxidation / Reduction |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Stoichiometry
An inexpensive sample cell for laser spectrophotometry  Kwon, O'Dae; Pollin, J. S.; Martin, R. J.
A general purpose vacuum-to-high pressure cell that can be fabricated inexpensively.
Kwon, O'Dae; Pollin, J. S.; Martin, R. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 527.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An inexpensive KBr pellet press  Pahler, Leon F.; Hall, Heinz; Eisenbraun, Edmund J.
Design for an improved and inexpensive KBr pellet press.
Pahler, Leon F.; Hall, Heinz; Eisenbraun, Edmund J. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 447.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
An inexpensive electrode switch  Whitworth, Clarence; Pagenkopf, Gordon K.
Design for a simple and inexpensive electrode switch.
Whitworth, Clarence; Pagenkopf, Gordon K. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 416.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Electrochemistry
Automatic and microcomputer-controlled potentiometric titrimetry  Doane, Lawrence M.; Stock, John T.; Stuart, James D.
Describes the operation of an automatic, relay logic and a microcomputer-controlled potentiometric titrations systems.
Doane, Lawrence M.; Stock, John T.; Stuart, James D. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 415.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
A simple technique for the preparation of solutions for qualitative infrared spectroscopy  Southwick, Everett W.; Kidd, Douglas H.
A simple technique for the preparation of solutions for qualitative infrared spectroscopy involves drawing the sample into a capillary tube through capillary action.
Southwick, Everett W.; Kidd, Douglas H. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 394.
Solutions / Solvents |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
A fraction collector for students  Fisher, Tom L.
The only special component required is a 0.25 revolution/hour synchronous motor.
Fisher, Tom L. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 347.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Gravimetric determination of calcium as CaC2O4H2O: A tractable, inexpensive experiment for undergraduate quantitative analysis laboratory  Henrickson, Charles H.; Robinson, Paul R.
Gravimetric determination of calcium as CaC2O4H2O is an attractive replacement for the gravimetric determination of chloride as silver chloride and nickel as the dimethylglyoximate.
Henrickson, Charles H.; Robinson, Paul R. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 341.
Quantitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Gravimetric Analysis
Computer calculations in the quantitative analysis course  Martinez, David R.; Bahta, Abraha; Black, Arthur H.; Parker, Gordon A.
A series of BASIC programs that calculate the desired results from student data for a variety of quantitative techniques.
Martinez, David R.; Bahta, Abraha; Black, Arthur H.; Parker, Gordon A. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 309.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility
X-ray fluorescence simulation  Breneman, G. L.
A Basic program to simulate qualitative and quantitative analysis by X-ray fluorescence.
Breneman, G. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 303.
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
The relationship between resolution and percent band overlap  Bidleman, Terry F.
Using standard deviation to determine the percent band overlap.
Bidleman, Terry F. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 293.
Chromatography
Determination of iodide in milk with an ion selective electrode  O'Reilly, James E.
Uses the method of standard additions.
O'Reilly, James E. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 279.
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Instrumental Methods
A nonaqueous conductimetric titration for the analysis of alkaloids in cigarette tobacco  Brand, M. J.; Hiller, J. M.; Mohan, M. S.
A conductimetric titration in glacial acetic acid is used to determine total alkaloids in cigarette tobacco.
Brand, M. J.; Hiller, J. M.; Mohan, M. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 207.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Quantitative Analysis
A method to prevent septum bleeding in high temperature gas chromatography  Lafosse, M.
Applying a porous Teflon frit to prevent septum bleeding in high temperature gas chromatography.
Lafosse, M. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 202.
Gas Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
An instrument simulator for use in computer interfacing laboratories  Dessy, Raymond; Wohltjen, Henry
The Instrument Simulator simultaneously offers the possibility of providing a device that can simulate the signal of any instrument whose output period ranges from 33 ms - 100 s.
Dessy, Raymond; Wohltjen, Henry J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 153.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Data manipulation and handling  Binkley, David; Dessy, Raymond
Examines the type of analog signals that are commonly sampled in the laboratory to better understand the importance of data sampling rate and the problems associated with noise.
Binkley, David; Dessy, Raymond J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 148.
Chemometrics |
Instrumental Methods
The standardization of pH meters: A comparison of procedures for different types of instruments  Lund, Walter
Discusses the various approaches to the standardization of pH meters and the limitations of the various procedures.
Lund, Walter J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 129.
Instrumental Methods |
pH |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Calibration |
Acids / Bases
Qualitative analysis simulation  Binder, Bernhard
An interactive computer program simulating common qualitative analysis techniques that are suitable to identify 12 cations.
Binder, Bernhard J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 108.
Qualitative Analysis
The analytical textbook situation: Can a textbook present analytical chemistry as it really is?  Williams, T. R.; Bromund, R. H.
A new generation of introductory and instrumental methods classes should be written to reflect changes in the discipline. Symposium: Present status of the teaching of analytical chemistry.
Williams, T. R.; Bromund, R. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 98.
Conferences |
Professional Development |
Instrumental Methods
The sophomore level analytical laboratory  Pacer, Richard A.
Listing of laboratory experiments used in a sophomore level analytical laboratory course. Symposium: Present status of the teaching of analytical chemistry.
Pacer, Richard A. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 97.
Conferences |
Professional Development
Analytical chemistry at a community college: A balance of wet chemical methods and instrumental analysis  Hayes, Janan M.
Description of an analytical chemistry course at a community college (American River College). Symposium: Present status of the teaching of analytical chemistry.
Hayes, Janan M. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 96.
Conferences |
Professional Development |
Instrumental Methods
Second derivative curves and end-point determination  Carter, K. N.; Huff, R. B.
The treatment of the second derivative method by many textbooks is misleading or incorrect.
Carter, K. N.; Huff, R. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 26.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Group electronegativity by NMR  Greever, Joe C.
The purpose of this experiment is to allow the student to observe the correlation between chemical shift and electronegativity.
Greever, Joe C. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 538.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Periodicity / Periodic Table
The qualitative organic analysis laboratory: A real life experience  Caret, Robert L.
The author will provide copies of all handouts designed for scaffolding qualitative organic analysis upon request.
Caret, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 246.
Qualitative Analysis
Vibronic analysis of the visible absorption and fluorescence spectra of the fluorescein dianion  Kurucsev, Tomas
This laboratory exercise incorporates the study of the absorption spectrum of benzene. It is possible to demonstrate that remarkably simple interpretation may often be given to the solution spectra of quite complex organic aromatic molecules.
Kurucsev, Tomas J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 128.
Aromatic Compounds |
Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Unified calculation of titration curves  Stairs, Robert A.
A method of calculation is presented that the author hopes will supplement the traditional methods based on appropriate approximations.
Stairs, Robert A. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 99.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Acids / Bases |
pH
Preparation of variable purity samples for use in disodium edetate volumetric analysis  Cox, Philip J.
Method for the preparation of reduced purity pharmaceutical samples to provide students in disodium edetate volumetric analysis.
Cox, Philip J. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 717.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Management |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Quantitative Analysis
Computer assisted instruction in qualitative analysis  Bishop, Marvin
This Basic program includes 22 cations distributed into four groups.
Bishop, Marvin J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 689.
Qualitative Analysis
Simple conductivity bridge for student use  Muha, G. M.
Circuit diagram of a simple, self-contained unit suitable for student use for conductometric titrations.
Muha, G. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 677.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Low-cost methanol for HPLC in the educational laboratory  Wolfhagen, James L.; Soltes, Ed J.
Method for purifying methanol for use in HPLC.
Wolfhagen, James L.; Soltes, Ed J. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 619.
HPLC |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Management |
Alcohols
Converting atomic spectral line widths from frequency to wavelength  Lovett, R. J.; Parsons, M. L.
A method that illustrates the conversion from frequency to wavelength in a readily understandable fashion requiring only the visualization of a spectral line shape and some algebra.
Lovett, R. J.; Parsons, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 615.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Instrumental Methods
Automatic potentiometric titrations  Pinkham, Chester A.; Field, Brownlee
Use of a constant flow buret to perform automated potentiometric titrations.
Pinkham, Chester A.; Field, Brownlee J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 577.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
Procedures to expedite column chromatographic separations  Dorko, Ernest A.; Baker, William W.
Adding a small amount of the column packing material to the mixture to be separated before evaporating its solvent and using an inflated inner tube to pressurize the column is found to expedite column chromatographic separations.
Dorko, Ernest A.; Baker, William W. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 564.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Isolation of dyes for analysis  Levinson, Alfred S.
The use of ion exchange resin for the isolation of dyes from beverages, gelatin desserts, and other foods.
Levinson, Alfred S. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 460.
Separation Science |
Dyes / Pigments |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry |
Ion Exchange
Pre-filter for removing suspended solids from HPLC samples  Bailey, Leonard C.
A pre-filter attached to the inlet of an HPLC injector.
Bailey, Leonard C. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 428.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science |
HPLC |
Chromatography
Identification of FD&C dyes by visible spectroscopy. A consumer-oriented undergraduate experiment  McKone, Harold T.
Absorption maxima and procedures for identifying 11 FD&C dyes through visible spectroscopy.
McKone, Harold T. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 376.
Qualitative Analysis |
Dyes / Pigments |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science
Gas chromatographic simulation program  Yuan, Mark
A Fortran simulation of gas chromatography.
Yuan, Mark J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 364.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science
Self-paced quant. A Keller-type offering of quantitative analysis or the Keller plan the hard way  Peterson, D. L.
Personalized instruction as applied to a summer course in quantitative analysis.
Peterson, D. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 362.
Quantitative Analysis
Exact equation for calculating titration curves for dibasic salts  Knudson, George E.; Nimrod, Dale
A computer program that calculates titration curves for dibasic salts.
Knudson, George E.; Nimrod, Dale J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 351.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
pH
Calculation of potentiometric titration curves. The master variable concept  Still, Ebbe; Sara, Rolf
Provides compact algorithms for the calculation of some potentiometric titration curves.
Still, Ebbe; Sara, Rolf J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 348.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases
Texts in analytical chemistry: An uneasy transition state complex of theory, laboratory and social demands  Elving, Philip J.

Elving, Philip J. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 269.
Conferences |
Professional Development
Simple, inexpensive and reliable do-it-yourself chromatography columns  Lehky, Pavel
Reliable chromatography columns of sizes ranging from 3 to 30 mm ID can be assembled within a few minutes using current laboratory material.
Lehky, Pavel J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 227.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
Inexpensive rotating Raman cell  MacNamee, R. W.; van Venrooy, J. R.; Harris, W. C.
A rotating sample holder that rotates the sample rapidly out of the laser beam before decomposition from heating can take place.
MacNamee, R. W.; van Venrooy, J. R.; Harris, W. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 79.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Lasers
A compact inexpensive gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer silicone rubber membrane separator  Scott, Richard B.; Brown, Peter
This interface should prove especially pertinent for those having a mass spectrometer and a gas chromatograph but unable to purchase a combination GC/MS instrument.
Scott, Richard B.; Brown, Peter J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 40.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry
NMR chemical shift correlations. A student oriented project  Sikorski, John; Schaffhausen, John G.
The authors propose a project that utilizes NMR technology to serve as a learning aid for the student and as a tool for the researcher.
Sikorski, John; Schaffhausen, John G. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 761.
NMR Spectroscopy
A sample preparation technique for column chromatography  Beller, Nicholas R.; Hilleary, Christopher J.
The authors have found a simple and effective method of sample preparation for use in column chromatography which resembles the application of a sample to a thin layer chromatography plate, where the solid sample in solution is absorbed by the solid phase as the solvent evaporates.
Beller, Nicholas R.; Hilleary, Christopher J. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 498.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Solutions / Solvents |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams |
Solid State Chemistry
A student operated animated infrared spectroscopy teaching model  Hartman, Karel
To help students understand the background of infrared spectroscopy better, a teaching model of spectroscopy can be built.
Hartman, Karel J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 111.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
LXXXVI. Atomic spectroscopy atomization systems (Continued)  Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W.
Reviews recent advances in electrically heated non-flame atomizers.
Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, A451.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy
LXXXVI. Atomic spectroscopy atomization systems [part one]  Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W.
Reviews recent advances in flame atomizers, including burners, nebulizers, and flames.
Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, A403.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
LXXXII. Home-built equipment in the teaching laboratory  Stock, John T.
Considers modular equipment for measuring electrolytic conductance and electronic coulometry.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, A165.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
A novel communications-skills-based approach to the instrumental laboratory  Varnes, Arthur W.; Wetmore, David E.
Describes the approach used in a course designed to stress the importance of good writing style in laboratory reports.
Varnes, Arthur W.; Wetmore, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 801.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy
Square cuvet holder for the Spectronic 20  Aronson, John N.
Design of a holder for square, Spec 20 cuvets.
Aronson, John N. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 800.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
Chemical analysis of the environment: A course for non-chemistry majors  Stepenuck, Stephen J.
Describes an analytical course that includes the essentials of quantitative analysis and instrumental methods.
Stepenuck, Stephen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 795.
Nonmajor Courses |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
A novel method for quantitative thin layer chromatography  Baum, D. E.; Shanks, R. A.
Weighing cut out spot images from thin layer chromatograms.
Baum, D. E.; Shanks, R. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 738.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Quantitative Analysis
A unique approach to teaching spectrophotometric procedures  Reeves, Roy R.; Hutson, Myron D.; Williams, Howard P.
Substituting commercial food dyes for metal complexes reduces preparation time, tedious record keeping, and allows for a greater variation of unknowns to be issued.
Reeves, Roy R.; Hutson, Myron D.; Williams, Howard P. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 659.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Dyes / Pigments
Fourier transform methods in spectroscopy  Marshall, Alan G.; Comisarow, Melvin B.
Presents illustrative spectral lineshapes and draws an experimental example from Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance spectroscopy.
Marshall, Alan G.; Comisarow, Melvin B. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 638.
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Ion-exchange resins - A simple apparatus  Morelli, Basilio; Lampugnani, Leonardo
A modified procedure and apparatus for speeding up the use of ion-exchange resins.
Morelli, Basilio; Lampugnani, Leonardo J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 572.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Ion Exchange |
Separation Science
The determination of zinc in hair using atomic absorption spectroscopy  Pomeroy, Roland K.; Drikitis, Nikolajs; Koga, Yoshikata
A procedure for the determination of zinc in hair using atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Pomeroy, Roland K.; Drikitis, Nikolajs; Koga, Yoshikata J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 544.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Illustrating gas chromatography and mass spectrometry. An undergraduate experiment  Gross, Michael L.; Olsen, Virgil K.; Forc, R. Ken
One lab period is used to separate and collect the components of a ketone mixture; the second lab period is used to explain and demonstrate the MS instrumentation and the interpretation of ketone spectra; and in part three the spectra of the separated ketones are analyzed by individual students.
Gross, Michael L.; Olsen, Virgil K.; Forc, R. Ken J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 535.
Gas Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Fading of bromophenol blue. A combined synthesis and spectrophotometric kinetics experiment  Winans, Randall; Brown, Charles Allan
An experimental sequence involving the synthesis of phenosulfonphthalein, bromination of this to give bromophenol blue, and study of the fading of the latter in a strongly alkaline medium.
Winans, Randall; Brown, Charles Allan J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 526.
Dyes / Pigments |
Synthesis |
Kinetics |
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Helpful TLC techniques  Martin, Ned H.
Procedure for obtaining a uniformly thick adsorbent layer on chromatography plates and locating zones on thin layer chromatography plates.
Martin, Ned H. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 467.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Laboratory Management
Determining an endpoint by the appearance of precipitate  Cochran, George T.; Hobart, David E.
A method for dependably identifying the endpoint in the titration of various concentrations of iodide solutions with lead(II).
Cochran, George T.; Hobart, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 459.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility
Precise determination of the absorption maxima in wide bands  De La Zerda L., Jaime; De Milleri P., Piero; Villaveces C., Jose Luis
Procedure for determining the maxima in wide absorption bands.
De La Zerda L., Jaime; De Milleri P., Piero; Villaveces C., Jose Luis J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 415.
Spectroscopy
A simple LED circuit for amperometric endpoint detection  Spell, J. Everett; Philp, Robert H., Jr.
The construction and testing of the proposed circuit can be included as part of an experiment in order to give students experience in elementary operational amplifier applications.
Spell, J. Everett; Philp, Robert H., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 404.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Solid State Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
Isomer analysis by spectral methods  Poulton, Gerald A.
The use of NMR, UV and mass spectroscopy and gas chromatography to introduce students to the use of spectra to determine the products of a reaction and their relative amounts.
Poulton, Gerald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 397.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Gas Chromatography
Modification of a constant flow buret  Sturtevant, Floyd; Hartman, Kenneth
Modification and testing of an earlier presented design for of a constant flow buret.
Sturtevant, Floyd; Hartman, Kenneth J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 393.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Quantitative Analysis
Computer simulated titration curves  Wilson, C. E.
Three computer programs for generating theoretical titration curves.
Wilson, C. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 344.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Analysis of hypochlorite in commercial liquid bleaches by coulometric titration  Lieu, Van T.; Kalbus, Gene E.
The hypochlorite content is determined by reacting liquid bleach with iodide and treating the iodine produced with a measured excess of thiosulfate solution previously standardized coulometrically.
Lieu, Van T.; Kalbus, Gene E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 335.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
An experiment illustrating countercurrent chromatography with simple apparatus  Godinho, Oswaldo E. S.; Braga, Gilberto L.
Illustrates countercurrent chromatography with a simple apparatus and an experiment involving the separation of the indicators Phenol Red and Bromcresol Purple.
Godinho, Oswaldo E. S.; Braga, Gilberto L. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 258.
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Dyes / Pigments |
Separation Science
Determination of fluoride in toothpaste using an ion-selective electrode  Light, Truman S.; Cappuccino, Carleton C.
Considers the theory behind the operation of the ion-selective electrode and its application to determine the fluoride in toothpaste.
Light, Truman S.; Cappuccino, Carleton C. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 247.
Consumer Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Ion Selective Electrodes
Tristimulus colorimetry calculator program  Atkinson, G. F.; Fung, K. H.
A program written in Basic for the HP 9830 calculator that performs the calculations of the Reilley and Sawyer experiment on the preparation of a screened indicator.
Atkinson, G. F.; Fung, K. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 133.
pH |
Dyes / Pigments
A simple method for reducing the breakage of glass columns in gas chromatography  Becker, M. Alice; Naftchi, N. Eric
A simple device that circumvents the breakage problem yet gives the column flexibility without loss of inertness.
Becker, M. Alice; Naftchi, N. Eric J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 115.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Chromatography
Simulated student samples  Parker, Gordon A.
The availability of directions for the preparation of samples simulating animal tissue ash, coal ash, coal ash, copper refinery flue dust, plant ash, rodent teeth ash, and soil ash.
Parker, Gordon A. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 106.
Natural Products |
Quantitative Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
A combined gravimetric-volumetric analysis for organic chemistry  McCullough, Thomas, C.S.C.
A structured course devoted exclusively to quantitative analysis is becoming harder to find these days; in its place individual quantitative experiments and now routinely included in general an organic chemistry laboratories. This paper describes a relatively simple organic chemistry experiment which utilizes titration, equivalent weight determination, paper chromatography and gravimetric weighing.
McCullough, Thomas, C.S.C. J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 279.
Chromatography |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Reference electrodes  Caton, Roy D., Jr.
Examines reference electrodes, including both aqueous and nonaqueous reference electrodes.
Caton, Roy D., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, A571.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Recent developments in instrumentation for liquid chromatography  Veening, Hans
Considers various accessories for gradient elution systems.
Veening, Hans J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, A429.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Introduction to quantitative chemical analysis (Grunwald, Ernest; Kirshenbaum, Louis J.)  Wehry, Earl L.

Wehry, Earl L. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, A184.
Quantitative Analysis
Anodic stripping voltammetry  Ellis, William D.
Considers the theory, techniques, applications, and instrumentation of anodic stripping voltammetry.
Ellis, William D. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, A131.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Simple and safe electrophoresis of low and high voltage gradients  Tibbs, Jack
Considers procedures and apparatus for cellulose acetate strip electrophoresis and silica gel thin layer electrophoresis.
Tibbs, Jack J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 862.
Electrophoresis |
Electrochemistry |
Separation Science
Total analysis of tin tetraiodide: A multipurpose experiment  Wheatland, D. A.
Students prepare and purify a sample of tin tetraiodide and then analyze it for iodine and tin using a variety of analytical techniques.
Wheatland, D. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 854.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Synthesis |
Quantitative Analysis
Thin-layer chromatogram visualization. A student experiment  Madsen, Brooks C.
This thin layer chromatography experiment separates mixtures of common over the counter analgesics and antipyretic preparations and related compounds, and has several advantages that many student oriented tlc experiments lack.
Madsen, Brooks C. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 852.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Relevant analytical experiments - with accountability  Jones, Berwyn E.
Including standard samples along with "real" samples to check student accuracy in quantitative analysis.
Jones, Berwyn E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 822.
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Management
A simple recording titrator  Walton, Harold F.
Design and use of a simple recording titrator.
Walton, Harold F. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 795.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Wavelength and spatial distribution of the light from a monochromator  Bruzzone, Liliana; Roselli, Martin E.
A simplified procedure of measurement and calculation for students without a solid background in optics.
Bruzzone, Liliana; Roselli, Martin E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 701.
Instrumental Methods
What mean these words?  Mellon, M. Guy
Examines inconsistent and questionable usage of terms and names in analytical chemistry.
Mellon, M. Guy J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 690.
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols
Precision spectrophotometry using modular instruments. A method for undergraduate courses  Piepmeier, Edward H.
This paper discusses the stable, single beam, visible spectrophotometers and the techniques that are used to obtain measurements with a relative concentration precision of <0.5%.
Piepmeier, Edward H. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 640.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management
A nonaqueous gravimetric titration. Determination of 8-hydroxyquinoline with p-toluenesulfonic acid in acetonitrile  Kratochvil, B.; Findlay, E. J.; Harris, W. E.
This experiment demonstrates the techniques of gravimetric titrimetry and photometric end-point detection.
Kratochvil, B.; Findlay, E. J.; Harris, W. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 629.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Photochemistry
Analysis of commercial vitamin C tablets by iodometric and coulometric titrimetry  Marsh, Daniel G.; Jacobs, Deborah L.; Veening, Hans
The ascorbic acid content of vitamin C tablets is determined iodometrically using a back titration with standard thiosulfate; ascorbic acid is then titrated coullometrically by direct oxidation to dehydroascorbic acid using electrolytically generated bromine.
Marsh, Daniel G.; Jacobs, Deborah L.; Veening, Hans J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 626.
Vitamins |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Electrochemistry
Determining the molecular weight of N-fatty acids by thin layer chromatography  Singh, Eric J.; Zuspan, Frederick P.
Simple procedure for determining the molecular weight of N-fatty acids by thin layer chromatography.
Singh, Eric J.; Zuspan, Frederick P. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 625.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Physical Properties |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Fatty Acids
The standard hydrogen electrode. A misrepresented concept  Biegler, T.; Woods, R.
Although the standard hydrogen scale is real enough, the standard hydrogen electrode is hypothetical.
Biegler, T.; Woods, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 604.
Electrochemistry
Relative isotopic abundances in halogenated methane fragments. An undergraduate experiment  Leech, J. R.; Daugherty, K. E.
A mass spectrometer experiment at the sophomore level in analytical chemistry is designed for the determination of the relative isotopic abundances of halogenated methane fragments and the subsequent comparison with known abundances.
Leech, J. R.; Daugherty, K. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 569.
Mass Spectrometry
A graphical-analytical iterative procedure for equivalence point determinations  Sellers, Neal G.; Caruso, Joseph A.
An iterative approach has been developed that combines graphical measurements with analytical calculations to give an exact potentiometric endpoint irrespective of the stoichiometry of the reaction and magnitude of the associated equilibrium constants.
Sellers, Neal G.; Caruso, Joseph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 547.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Simple procedures for ir spectra of solids in the 20-120C range  Bowman, Max I.; Larson, Wilbur S.; Dougherty, Thomas E.
A procedure that has definite advantages over the KBr pellet method for routine student use in the laboratory.
Bowman, Max I.; Larson, Wilbur S.; Dougherty, Thomas E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 517.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Chemistry and art. Thermoluminescence and forgery  Rogers, F. E.
Using thermoluminescence for dating pottery and other objects of ceramic art and detecting forgeries.
Rogers, F. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 388.
Applications of Chemistry |
Forensic Chemistry |
Thermal Analysis
The separation of ferrocene, acetylferrocene, and diacetylferrocene. A dry-column chromatography experiment  Gilbert, J. C.; Monti, S. A.
Applies dry-column chromatography to the separation and purification of the reaction mixture obtained from the acylation of ferrocene.
Gilbert, J. C.; Monti, S. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 369.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
"Dry-column" chromatography. A new technique for the undergraduate laboratory  Bohen, J. M.; Joullie, M. M.; Kaplan, F. A.; Loev, B.
In this experiment, thin-layer chromatography is used to determine the number of compounds in a prepared dye mixture and "dry-column" chromatography is used to separate the mixture into its components.
Bohen, J. M.; Joullie, M. M.; Kaplan, F. A.; Loev, B. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 367.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Dyes / Pigments
A potentiometric Cu assay in normal and copper-poisoned humans  Matheson, Ian A.; Williams, David R.
Reports a new method of copper analysis that is more reliable than the IUPAC recommended spectral method.
Matheson, Ian A.; Williams, David R. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 345.
Metals |
Quantitative Analysis
A qualitative analysis test for chromium  Berthold, Mary Ellen Sr.; Huchital, Daniel
This paper reports a more convenient and lasting method to test for the presence of chromium using a separate portion of the sample and observing the formation of the deep purple chromium(III)-EDTA complex.
Berthold, Mary Ellen Sr.; Huchital, Daniel J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 340.
Qualitative Analysis
Computer aided grading of quantitative unknowns  Jones, D. E.; Lytle, F. E.
A system for simplifying and standardizing the grading of quantitative unknowns.
Jones, D. E.; Lytle, F. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 285.
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Management
A spectrophotometer cell stopper for syringe transfer  Toma, Henrique E.; Malin, John M.
A Teflon stopper that reduces the difficulties in making spectrophotometric measurements of air-sensitive reagents.
Toma, Henrique E.; Malin, John M. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 272.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
Coulometric titrations in nonaqueous media  Stock, John T.
Apparatus and procedures for coulometric titrations in nonaqueous media.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 268.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Forensic science. A course for the January interim  Berry, Keith O.; Nigh, W. G.
Describes a one-month, interim course in forensic science.
Berry, Keith O.; Nigh, W. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 208.
Forensic Chemistry
Inexpensive scale expansion for ion selective electrodes  Parsons, P. G.
The scale of an ordinary pH meter can be expanded by connecting a 1-mV recorder or a 1-amp galvanometer.
Parsons, P. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 175.
Ion Selective Electrodes |
Qualitative Analysis |
pH |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Titration of calcium and magnesium in milk with EDTA  McCormick, Patrick G.
A relatively simple procedure for the titration of calcium and magnesium in milk with EDTA.
McCormick, Patrick G. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 136.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science |
Quantitative Analysis
An investigation of sebum and other facial lipids  Calsin, Dennis; Trinler, W. A.
An introductory thin layer chromatography experiment that illustrates the variety of surface facial lipids, produced chiefly by sebaceous glands.
Calsin, Dennis; Trinler, W. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 135.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Lipids |
Natural Products
Geometry in chromatography  Campbell, Bruce Henry
This paper reports investigations into conical chromatography and the advantages and disadvantages of such a geometry.
Campbell, Bruce Henry J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 133.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
An inexpensive conductivity monitor for column operation  Ford, A.; Meloan, C. E.
Circuit diagrams for a column chromatography conductivity monitor.
Ford, A.; Meloan, C. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 85.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Thermal analysis techniques: Part II. Differential thermal analysis and differential scanning calorimetry (continued)  Wendlandt, W. W.
Examines commercial differential thermal analysis instrumentation.
Wendlandt, W. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A671.
Instrumental Methods |
Thermal Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry
Introduction to quantitative experimental chemistry (Isenhour, Thomas L.; Rose, Norman J.)  Martin, John P.

Martin, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A653.
Quantitative Analysis
Thermal analysis techniques: Part II. Differential thermal analysis and differential scanning calorimetry  Wendlandt, W. W.
Introduces differential thermal analysis and differential thermal analysis instrumentation.
Wendlandt, W. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A624.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Thermal Analysis |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry
Thermal analysis techniques: Part I. Thermobalances (continued)  Wendlandt, W. W.
Examines commercial thermobalances, including four types of simultaneous TG-DTA instruments.
Wendlandt, W. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A623.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gravimetric Analysis
Thermal analysis techniques - Part I. Thermobalances  Wendlandt, W. W.
Examines thermal analysis techniques, thermogravimetry, and a variety of commercial thermobalances.
Wendlandt, W. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A571.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gravimetric Analysis
Modern Food Analysis (Hart, F. Leslie; Fisher, Harry J.)  Attard, George John

Attard, George John J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A397.
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry
Modern Analytical Chemistry (Pickering, W. F.)  Adams, Ralph N.

Adams, Ralph N. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A395.
Principles of instrumental analysis (Skoog, Douglas A.)  Beilby, Alvin L.

Beilby, Alvin L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A362.
Instrumental Methods
Laboratory integrators  Ewing, Galen W.
Reviews nonelectrical, electrochemical, electrical analog, and digital methods of integration.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A333.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Instrumental Methods
Laboratory directions for analytical separations and determinations: A manual for quantitative analysis (Kenner, C. T.)  Krivis, Alan F.

Krivis, Alan F. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A38.
Separation Science
Quantitative analysis: Elementary principles and practice (Diehl, Harvey)  Pappenhagen, J. M.

Pappenhagen, J. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A38.
Quantitative Analysis
A simple electronic integrator with digital read-out  Lindstrom, M.; Sundholm, G.
Presents a circuit diagram for a coulometer / current integrator.
Lindstrom, M.; Sundholm, G. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 847.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
A simple alarm to aid in preparative glpc fraction collection  Lustig, Robert S.
A simple alarm that can be adjusted to "sound off" when the recorder pen of a preparative gas chromatograph reaches a preset height above the base line.
Lustig, Robert S. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 760.
Gas Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
An interactive mass spectral search system  Heller, Stephen R.; Fales, Henry M.; Milne, G. W. A.
Briefly describes an interactive mass spectral search system and the options for searching the database.
Heller, Stephen R.; Fales, Henry M.; Milne, G. W. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 725.
Mass Spectrometry
X-ray fluorescence determination of lead in gasoline  Bills, J. M.; Brier, K. S.; Danko, L. G.; Kristine, F. J.; Turco, S. J.; Zimmerman, K. S.; Divelbiss, P. M.; Tackett, S. L.
The X-ray fluorescence determination of lead in gasoline is simple, straightforward, and reliable, and the analysis is rapid, since no sample treatment is required.
Bills, J. M.; Brier, K. S.; Danko, L. G.; Kristine, F. J.; Turco, S. J.; Zimmerman, K. S.; Divelbiss, P. M.; Tackett, S. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 715.
Quantitative Analysis |
Consumer Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Polybasic weak acids indistinguishable from monobasic ones by acid-base titrimetry  Meites, Louis
Presents a general equation describing the statistical ratio of the ith an (i + 1)th dissociation constants of a j-basic acid and shows that any such acid whose dissociation constants conform to those ratios will give a titration curve indistinguishable from that obtained for a monobasic acid at an appropriate concentration.
Meites, Louis J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 682.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Comparison of analytical methods  Beilby, Alvin L.
One important aspect of the education in analytical chemistry of chemists and others using analytical methods should be the continued emphasis on the comparison of analytical methods so students can learn to chose intelligently the proper analytical methods for the solution of chemical problems.
Beilby, Alvin L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 679.
Instrumental Methods
Computer programs for the analysis of chromatographic data  Haas, T. R.; Lyndrup, M. L.
The availability of two computer programs written in Fortran IV for the interpretation of chromatographic results obtained by column chromatography.
Haas, T. R.; Lyndrup, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 627.
Chromatography
Variable scale for mass spectral relative ion abundance measurement  Katcher, M. L.
The use of a variable scale allows one to obtain the relative ion abundances directly from the mass spectrum without the necessity of using arithmetic manipulations and/or desk calculators.
Katcher, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 567.
Mass Spectrometry |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Teaching analytical chemistry with automatic analyzers  Schubert, Leo
Summarizes reasons for using automatic analyzers in analytical chemistry and provides a listing of suggested experiments and materials.
Schubert, Leo J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 548.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Constant delivery rate titration device  Baxter, David N.; Huber, Calvin O.
Presents a device with a 1 liter capacity for titrant that can be easily constructed from common laboratory materials.
Baxter, David N.; Huber, Calvin O. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 535.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
A Fortran IV program for grading quantitative analysis unknowns  Wartell, Michael A.; Hurlbut, Jeffrey A.
A Fortran IV program has been developed in order to simplify the grading of quantitative analysis unknowns.
Wartell, Michael A.; Hurlbut, Jeffrey A. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 508.
Quantitative Analysis
Polywater and analytical chemistry: A lesson for the future  Freiser, Henry
Analytical chemistry is relevant and important as a service branch.
Freiser, Henry J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 445.
Effects of stray light in spectroscopy  Cook, R. B.; Jankow, R.
Defines stray light and examines its effects on band shapes, accuracy, and Beer's law plots and their linearity.
Cook, R. B.; Jankow, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 405.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Calculated relative intensities of the first eight isotopic lines in mass spectra of compounds containing carbon, hydrogen and chlorine atoms  Demayo, A.; Green, D. A.
Availability of a computer program that calculates the relative intensities of the first eight isotopic lines in mass spectra of compounds containing carbon, hydrogen and chlorine atoms.
Demayo, A.; Green, D. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 397.
Mass Spectrometry
Discarded penicillin bottles for constructing reference electrodes  Ramamurti, G.; Ranganathan, K.; Ganesan, L. R.
Penicillin bottles can be used for making convenient reference electrodes in potentiometric experiments.
Ramamurti, G.; Ranganathan, K.; Ganesan, L. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 366.
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
Thermal decomposition of potassium bisoxalatocuprate(II) dihydrate. An inorganic-analytical experiment  Darley, J. R.; Hoppe, J. I.
This investigation includes some elementary gravimetric analysis and qualitative analysis in addition to a simple extraction procedure and a range of titrimetric estimations.
Darley, J. R.; Hoppe, J. I. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 365.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
Reclamation of gold  Shaw, C. Frank III; Tobias, R. Stuart
An improved procedure for the recovery of gold from laboratory reaction residues.
Shaw, C. Frank III; Tobias, R. Stuart J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 286.
Separation Science |
Laboratory Management
Automated spectrophotometric titrations  Olsen, Eugene D.; Foreback, Craig C.
A Spectronic 20 with a very simple titrant delivery system is used to produce automatically recorded spectrophotometric titrations of a number of titration systems, including barium, copper, iron, and antimony.
Olsen, Eugene D.; Foreback, Craig C. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 206.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Metals
Location of the equivalence point in potentiometric titrations. A simulated laboratory exercise  Kozarek, W. J.; Fernando, Quintus
The simulated laboratory experiment described introduces the use of a small computer in the analytical chemistry laboratory and demonstrates the practical utility of Gran's method for the location of the equivalence point in potentiometric titrations.
Kozarek, W. J.; Fernando, Quintus J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 202.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Acids / Bases
Increased utilization of electronic apparatus  Twigg, Martyn V.
It is possible to utilize more fully an electronic instrument by connecting it to several probes via a simple switch unit.
Twigg, Martyn V. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 191.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Laboratory Management |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Procedure for recovering elemental silver from silver residues  Steed, S. Paul; Hayes, Janan M.
A procedure for recovering silver from a mixture of silver salts.
Steed, S. Paul; Hayes, Janan M. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 156.
Metals |
Separation Science
A simple apparatus for teaching the principles of chromatography  Kellomaki, Aarre
A device that follows the elution of electrolytes through liquid column chromatography by continuously measuring the conductivity of the effluent.
Kellomaki, Aarre J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 139.
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
Comparison of endpoint methods. A coulometric titration experiment  Tackett, Stanford L.
Describes the apparatus and methods for coulometric titrations.
Tackett, Stanford L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 52.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative analytical chemistry: Volume 1, Introduction to principles. Volume 2, Short introduction to practice (Flaschka, H. A.; Sturrock, P. E.; Barnard, A. J., Jr.)  MacDonald, John C.

MacDonald, John C. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A788.
Quantitative Analysis
Ion-selective electrodes (Durst, Richard A.)  Morris, Michael D.

Morris, Michael D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A722.
Ion Selective Electrodes
Quantitative chemical analysis (Kolthoff, I. M.; Sandell, E. B.; Meehan, E. J.; Bruckenstein, Stanley)  Stock, John T.

Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A595.
Quantitative Analysis
Liquid chromatography detectors - Part one  Veening, Hans
Surveys photometric liquid chromatography detectors.
Veening, Hans J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A549.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Instrumental Methods
Current trends in gel permeation chromatography. Part two: Methodology  Cazes, Jack
Examines the subjects of calibration, estimation of molecular weight distribution, fractionation of low molecular weight substances, and recycling chromatography.
Cazes, Jack J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A505.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Calibration
Current trends in gel permeation chromatography. Part one: Theory and equipment  Cazes, Jack
This report is presented as a supplement to an earlier pair of papers on gel permeation chromatography and considers the mechanism of separation, resolution, equipment, and column substrates
Cazes, Jack J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A461.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Fourier Transform Spectrometers - Part Three (Continued)  Low, M. J. D.
Examines instruments produced by the Digilab, Inc.
Low, M. J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A415.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Chemical separation methods (Dean, John A.)  Culp, Robert A.

Culp, Robert A. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A396.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Fourier Transform Spectrometers - Part Three  Low, M. J. D.
Examines far-IR spectrometers.
Low, M. J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A349.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy
Chromatography (Browning, D. R.)  Karger, Barry L.

Karger, Barry L. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A306.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Fourier Transform Spectrometers - Part Two  Low, M. J. D.
Surveys available commercial IR and UV spectrometers.
Low, M. J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A255.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A brief introduction to quantitative chemical analysis (Fischer, Robert B.; Peters, Dennis G.)  Pappenhagen, J. M.

Pappenhagen, J. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A132.
Quantitative Analysis
Instrumental methods of chemical analysis (Ewing, Galen)  Safford, H. W.

Safford, H. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A128.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
The construction and use of constant-rate burets and addition funnels  Allen, William M.; Shelden, H. Raymond
This paper describes how burets and addition funnels can be easily modified to operate in either a normal or a constant-rate mode, thus bringing recorded titrations within reach of all laboratories.
Allen, William M.; Shelden, H. Raymond J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 841.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Emission spectroscopy using a photoresistor as a light detector  McMeekin, Samuel G.; Toby, Frina S.; Toby, Sidney
Describes a simple, robust yet sensitive light detector system that relies on a cadmium sulfoselenide photoresistor.
McMeekin, Samuel G.; Toby, Frina S.; Toby, Sidney J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 832.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Preparation of plastic films as a matrix for solid samples  Hello, O.
Presents a technique for preparing a variety of samples for infrared spectrometric analysis.
Hello, O. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 782.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Assembly of a differential thermal analysis apparatus  Scism, Allen J.
Describes the construction of an apparatus used to show thermal changes in samples due to phase changes and loss of waters of hydration.
Scism, Allen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 772.
Instrumental Methods |
Thermal Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams
Representation of titration errors in logarithmic diagrams  Inczedy, J.
This work attempts to give uniform treatment for the titration error in all kinds of titrations.
Inczedy, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 769.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Use of felt-tipped pens with recorders  Ringen, John C.
Using a felt-tipped pen with recorders eliminates problems with pens that rely on ink reservoirs.
Ringen, John C. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 716.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Instrumental Methods
Titration behavior of monoprotic and diprotic acids  Hamann, S. D.
Defines the conditions of concentration and pK for which an earlier published distinction between weak diprotic and monoprotic acids is valid.
Hamann, S. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 658.
Acids / Bases |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
pH
A tunable amplifier for an audio-frequency Wheatstone Bridge  DeSieno, Robert P.; Du, John
Presents a circuit that provides an inexpensive high-gain amplifier that can be tuned sharply at several frequencies.
DeSieno, Robert P.; Du, John J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 635.
Instrumental Methods
Reference beam attenuator for ir spectrophotometer  Helsen, Jef
Design for a simple reference beam attenuator for an ir spectrophotometer.
Helsen, Jef J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 576.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Rapidly assembled, linear AC conductance or resistance recorder  Olsen, Eugene D.; Martin, Robert J.; Ahnell, Joseph E.
This paper describes an ac resistance or conductance breadboard-type instrument that can be built in less than an hour by a beginning electronics student.
Olsen, Eugene D.; Martin, Robert J.; Ahnell, Joseph E. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 542.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
The calculation of relative abundance of isotope clusters in mass spectrometry  Gorman, Mel; DeMattia, Dennis; Doonan, Daniel; Gohlke, R. S.
Describes the calculation of relative abundance of isotope clusters in mass spectrometry.
Gorman, Mel; DeMattia, Dennis; Doonan, Daniel; Gohlke, R. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 467.
Mass Spectrometry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Isotopes |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Chemometrics
Controlled potential electrolysis: An experiment for elementary quantitative analysis  Kennedy, John H; Adams, Frank
Iron(II), iodide, and arsenic(III) are oxidized and data recorded using the E-cell Data-Stor Unit, a small silver coulometer.
Kennedy, John H; Adams, Frank J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 461.
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions
A simple streaker for preparative layer chromatography  Altman, L. J.; Trudell, James R.
Presents a simple streaker for preparative layer chromatography and explains its use.
Altman, L. J.; Trudell, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 404.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An automatic titrator for demonstrating indicator color change  Stock, John T.
two high-sensitivity relays and a latching relay are used in a device for demonstrating the behavior of an acid-base indicator upon alternate addition of acid and alkali.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 311.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases
The equivalent weight of the iodate ion in oxidimetric titrations  Pantani, Francesco
Titrations with potassium iodate can not only solve many analytical problems but are also of educational importance, since iodate ions are involved in numerous redox systems; this paper explains the analysis of these types of titrations and the determination of equivalent weight.
Pantani, Francesco J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 309.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction
Bibliography of experimental gas chromatography  Miller, James M.
Summarizes publications of homemade gas chromatography instruments and educational experiments involving their use.
Miller, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 306.
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Equivalence point potential in redox titrations  Heyn, Arno H. A.
Many analytical chemistry textbooks ignore or mistake the effect of [H+] on the equivalence point potential.
Heyn, Arno H. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 240.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Equilibrium |
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Acids / Bases |
Solutions / Solvents
The chemical system concept in teaching analytical chemistry  Beilby, Alvin L.
Introduces the chemical system concept as a means of tying together the various considerations of an analytical problem.
Beilby, Alvin L. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 237.
Adsorbent extractor for preparative thin-layer chromatography  Hansbury, Elizabeth; Ott, Donald G.
Device to remove sample containing regions from cellulose thin-layer chromatograms and extract the samples that eliminates many of the problems associated with other methods.
Hansbury, Elizabeth; Ott, Donald G. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 229.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
Detection of chloride, bromide, and iodide following sodium fusion  McCullough, Thomas; Allaire, Pierre N.; Boettcher, Brian R.
Presents the use of paper chromatography in conjunction with the sodium fusion detection of chloride, bromide, and iodide.
McCullough, Thomas; Allaire, Pierre N.; Boettcher, Brian R. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 217.
Qualitative Analysis |
Chromatography
Analytical chemistry - Two supportive views. Where the action is...  Wharton, H. Whitney
The author argues for the relevance of analytical chemistry.
Wharton, H. Whitney J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 58.
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Analytical chemistry - Two supportive views. Where the action is...  Wharton, H. Whitney
The author argues for the relevance of analytical chemistry.
Wharton, H. Whitney J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 58.
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
A convenient method to obtain preparative samples by glc  Costanzo, Samuel J.
A simple device to collect samples directly from a gas chromatograph relies on a disposable pipet.
Costanzo, Samuel J. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 45.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Raman spectroscopy - Part two  Bulkin, Bernard J.
Examines aspects of detection and amplification, sample illumination and handling, and future trends in Raman spectroscopy.
Bulkin, Bernard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A859.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Raman Spectroscopy
Raman spectroscopy  Part One  Bulkin, Bernard
This article discusses the current status of Raman instrumentation from the viewpoint of componentslasers, monochromators, detectors, amplifying systems, and sample handling.
Bulkin, Bernard J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A781.
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Multipurpose Electroanalytical Instruments  Ewing, Galen W.
Surveys commercial electroanalytical instrumentation
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A717.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry
Mass spectrometers - Part three - Commercial spectrometers  Ewing, Galen W.
Examines a variety of commercial mass spectrometers.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A233.
Mass Spectrometry |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Mass spectrometers - Part two  Ewing, Galen W.
Examines mass-analyzer systems and detectors as well as the resolution and performance of mass spectrometers.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A149.
Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Infrared equipment for teaching  Wilks, Paul A., Jr.
Examines the value of infrared analysis, the role of infrared in teaching, and the characteristics of infrared spectrometers.
Wilks, Paul A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A9.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Analog computer simulation of log(K)-pH profiles  Lordi, Nicholas G.
This report describes the computer simulation of log (K)-pH profiles used to characterize aqueous phase stabilities of drugs, particularly hydrolytic degradations.
Lordi, Nicholas G. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 861.
Acids / Bases |
pH |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The effects of chloride ion and temperature on lead chloride solubility: A versatile quantitative experiment  West, Allen C.
The experiment described in this paper emphasizes quantitative technique and introduces complexometric titrations, elementary statistics describing precision and its measurement, ion activities and activity coefficients, free energy and equilibrium, a thermodynamic picture of the solution process, and the solubility product principle and its limitations.
West, Allen C. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 773.
Precipitation / Solubility |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Equilibrium |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Thermodynamics |
Solutions / Solvents
Identification of an unknown ester: An analytical-organic experiment  Grob, Robert L.; Husk, G. Ronald
It is the student's challenge to hydrolyze an ester, separate and purify the resultant alcohol and acid, determine several physical and chemical characteristics, and arrive at a logical choice for its identity.
Grob, Robert L.; Husk, G. Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 769.
Quantitative Analysis |
Esters |
Alcohols |
Carboxylic Acids
Cupferron as a reagent in qualitative analysis  Parks, A. O.; DuBose, Betsy
A short on the use of cupferron (nitrosophenylhydroxylamine, NH4+ salt) for the removal of Cu(II) from a solution containing both Cu(II) and Cd(II).
Parks, A. O.; DuBose, Betsy J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 768.
Qualitative Analysis
Chloramine-T as a substitute for chlorine water in qualitative analysis  Nair, B. G. K.; Nair, C. G. R.
A brief note on the use of chloramine-T as a substitute for chlorine water as a reagent for detecting Br- and I- ions.
Nair, B. G. K.; Nair, C. G. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 755.
Qualitative Analysis |
Laboratory Management
Nmr analysis of water-acetic acid solutions  Brabson, G. Dana
Presents an experiment intended to teach the operation of NMR instrumentation and the interpretation of the data it collects, as well as demonstrate a significant principle of chemistry.
Brabson, G. Dana J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 754.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods
The standard electrode potential of the silver-silver bromide electrode  Venable, R. L.; Roach, D. V.
Calculations of the standard electrode potential of the silver-silver bromide electrode indicate that many values listed in textbooks are incorrect.
Venable, R. L.; Roach, D. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 741.
Electrochemistry |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
An introduction to chromatography  Gaucher, G. M.
The object of this presentation is to serve as a preliminary practical introduction and guide to chromatography.
Gaucher, G. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 729.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Ion Exchange
Thermal analysis  Murphy, C. B.
Examines differential thermal analysis and some complimentary techniques.
Murphy, C. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 721.
Thermal Analysis
Computer graded qualitative analysis experiments  Deutsch, J. L.; Deutsch, E. W.
A brief note on a program for the qualitative analysis laboratory that grades students' experimental results, records their grades, and calculates course averages.
Deutsch, J. L.; Deutsch, E. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 649.
Qualitative Analysis
Quantitative chemistry: Measurements and equilibrium (Guenther, William B.)  McDuffie, Bruce

McDuffie, Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 538.
Quantitative Analysis
Reflectance spectroscopic analysis of dyes separated by thin layer chromatography  Frodyma, M. M.; Frei, R. W.
This study attempts to verify the usefulness of reflectance spectroscopy as an analytical tool in the hands of the inexperienced analyst.
Frodyma, M. M.; Frei, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 522.
Spectroscopy |
Dyes / Pigments |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Calculations of analytical chemistry (Hamilton, Leicester F.; Simpson, Stephen G.; Ellis, David W.)  Hayes, John R.

Hayes, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 466.
Chemometrics
Survey of analytical chemistry (Siggia, Sidney)  Mitchell, John, Jr.

Mitchell, John, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 465.
A combustion-gas chromatography experiment  Bard, James R.
This experiment is based on the combustion of organic material over hot copper oxide in a helium atmosphere and the measurements of the resultant carbon dioxide by gas chromatography.
Bard, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 441.
Gas Chromatography |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
An instrument for source intensity compensation in atomic fluorescence  O'Haver, T. C.; Winefordner, J. D.
The purpose of this paper is to describe an instrumental system that compensates for variations in the source intensity, thus allowing the use of unstable electrodeless discharge lamps as sources of excitation in atomic flame spectrometry.
O'Haver, T. C.; Winefordner, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 435.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Identification of carboxylic acids: Use of N-methylpiperazine and N-phenylpiperazine  Duff, J. G.; Yung, D. K.; Brenner, R. J.; Wilson, B. J.; Racz, W. J.
Demonstrates that N-phenylpiperazine is a useful reagent for the identification of carboxylic acids.
Duff, J. G.; Yung, D. K.; Brenner, R. J.; Wilson, B. J.; Racz, W. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 388.
Carboxylic Acids |
Qualitative Analysis
Induced redox reactions: An experiment for introductory analytical laboratory  Baron, Bill N.; Aikens, David A.

Baron, Bill N.; Aikens, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 246.
Turbidimetric determination of chelated calcium at various pH levels: An analytical laboratory experiment  L'Annunziata, Michael F.; Fuller, Wallace
A turbidimetric method has been developed that allows the determination of chelated calcium in the presence of micromolar amounts of chelating agents at any level of the pH scale.
L'Annunziata, Michael F.; Fuller, Wallace J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 172.
pH |
Quantitative Analysis |
Coordination Compounds |
Instrumental Methods
Inexpensive linear temperature programmer for gas chromatography  Hautala, E.; Weaver, M. L.
Describes the use of a capacitance-operated relay as a linear temperature programmer for gas chromatography.
Hautala, E.; Weaver, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 122.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gas Chromatography
Introduction to Qualitative Analysis Layde, Durward C.; Busch, Daryle H.)  Larson, W. D.

Larson, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A984.
Qualitative Analysis
Reflectometers, Colorimeters, and Reflectance Attachments - Part Two  Ewing, Galen W.
Examines a variety of commercial reflectometers, colorimeters, and reflectance attachments.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A947.
Instrumental Methods
Reflectometers, colorimeters, and reflectance attachments - Part one  Wendlandt, Wesley W.
Examines commercial reflectance attachments.
Wendlandt, Wesley W. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A861.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Signal to noise optimization in chemistry - Part two: S/N considerations in designing a measuring system  Coor, Thomas
Considers system grounding, transducers, amplifiers, signal processing, and lock-in amplifiers.
Coor, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A583.
Instrumental Methods
Signal to noise optimization in chemistry - Part one  Coor, Thomas
Reviews the properties of the various sources of noise confronted by the chemist in making measurements and various ways to avoid unnecessary noise.
Coor, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A533.
Instrumental Methods
Moisture measurement  Ewing, Galen W.
Reviews a wide variety of analytical methods and commercial devices for measuring moisture content in gases, liquids, and solids.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A377.
Instrumental Methods |
Gases |
Liquids |
Solids |
Water / Water Chemistry
Recent Instrumentation for UV-Visible Spectrophotometry - Part 1 (continued): Dual-Beam Spectrophotometers  Lott, Peter F.
Examines a variety of commercial, dual-beam spectrophotometers.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A169.
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Corrections for simple equations for titration curves of monoprotic acids  Cortelyou, W. P.
Presents corrections for simple equations for titration curves of monoprotic acids and their derivations.
Cortelyou, W. P. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 677.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
pH |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A simple convenient method to obtain NMR spectra on milligram samples  Provost, L. R.; Jardine, R. V.
A simple convenient method to obtain NMR spectra of milligram quantities is through the use of a melting point tube with a well-rounded end.
Provost, L. R.; Jardine, R. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 675.
NMR Spectroscopy
Equations for potentiometric titration (the author replies)  Sturrock, Peter E.
Response to the cited letter.
Sturrock, Peter E. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 621.
Acids / Bases |
pH |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Equations for potentiometric titration  Lomax, Ann; Bard, Allen J.
Examines some difficulties arising with assumptions made in a previously published experiment.
Lomax, Ann; Bard, Allen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 621.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
pH
A versatile ionization detector system for gas chromatography  Nowak, A. V.; Malmstadt, H. V.
A versatile and inexpensive ionization detector is described that can increase the utility of any gas chromatograph to which it is attached.
Nowak, A. V.; Malmstadt, H. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 519.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Cylindrical thin-layer chromatography  Jordan, David
This short note describes the use and advantages of cylindrical thin-layer chromatography.
Jordan, David J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 510.
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Dyes / Pigments
Analytical chemistry  Rogers, L. B.
The purpose of this paper is to indicate that the academic analytical chemist should not only incorporate the ideas of computer control in his teaching but also should use computers to operate his research equipment.
Rogers, L. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 463.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Infrared spectroscopic practices  Carraher, Charles E., Jr.
This short note suggests taping thin KBr pellets to hold them in place and obtaining an infrared spectrum for liquid acid chlorides by placing a drop on a produced KBR pellet.
Carraher, Charles E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 462.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
A simple sprayer for quantitative thin-layer chromatography  Samuels, Stanley
A simple, inexpensive sprayer for chromatographic use that can be constructed by a student as a laboratory project.
Samuels, Stanley J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 438.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
A simplified slotted lid for preparative thin-layer chromatography jars  Borka, Laszlo
Design for an all-glass lid for preparative thin-layer chromatography jars.
Borka, Laszlo J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 401.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography
An inexpensive sprayer for chromatography  DeThomas, Anthony V.; Pascual, Francis
This short note presents a simple and inexpensive sprayer for paper and thin-layer chromatography.
DeThomas, Anthony V.; Pascual, Francis J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 321.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
An inexpensive device for evaluating solvents for paper and thin-layer chromatography  DeThomas, Anthony V.; Pascual, Francis
A short note describing a device for evaluating solvents used to develop paper and thin-layer chromatograms.
DeThomas, Anthony V.; Pascual, Francis J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 303.
Separation Science |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Solutions / Solvents
Modified electrode kit  Gard, Walter F.
Presents modifications to a commercial electrode kit that extends its use to two- and three-electrode polarographic work.
Gard, Walter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 275.
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The identification of vegetable oils: A gas chromatographic experiment  Cover, Richard E.
In this procedure the student is given a sample of oil which he saponifies and then esterfies to form the methyl esters of the fatty acids; the esters are then extracted, concentrated, and identified through gas chromatography.
Cover, Richard E. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 120.
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Esters |
Qualitative Analysis
Apparatus for measuring spectra of oxygen-sensitive reactions  Lalor, G. C.
This method is particularly suited for quantitative measurement of the absorption spectrum of a product that can be formed by mixing to reactant solutions.
Lalor, G. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 90.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
Analytical chemistry  Rogers, L. B.
Many of the guiding principles for optimizing chromatographic separations are appropriate for inclusion in an undergraduate analytical course.
Rogers, L. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 7.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Theory and applications of thermistors  Boucher, E. A.
Examines semiconductor theory and the manufacture, characteristics, and uses of thermistors.
Boucher, E. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A935.
Instrumental Methods |
Semiconductors |
Solid State Chemistry
Introductory analytical chemistry (Popov, Alexander I.; Pfaum, Ronald T.)  Pappenhagen, J. M.

Pappenhagen, J. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A756.
Encyclopedia of industrial chemical analysis. Volume 1, general techniques, a-e (Snell, Foster Dee; Hilton, Clifford L.; eds.)  Van Doren, Janet B.

Van Doren, Janet B. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A359.
Industrial Chemistry
X-ray diffraction analysis Part 2. X-ray tubes and monochromatization  Rudman, Reuben
Examines X-ray diffraction tubes, beta-filters, pulse-height analysis, and crystal monochromators.
Rudman, Reuben J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A99.
X-ray Crystallography |
Instrumental Methods
Rapid detection of cations and anions (Charlot, Gaston)  Williams, T. R.

Williams, T. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A62.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Quantitative gas chromatography  Pardue, Harry L.; Burke, Michael F.; Barnes, Jack R.
This experiment consists of the determination of relative response factors for a multicomponent mixture and the use of these factors in determining the percent composition by weight of an unknown mixture.
Pardue, Harry L.; Burke, Michael F.; Barnes, Jack R. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 695.
Quantitative Analysis |
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography
Reaction rate analysis and instrumentation: An experiment for the analytical laboratory  Pardue, Harry L.; Burke, Michael F.; Jones, David O.
This experiment exemplifies the use of operational amplifiers for measurement and analog computation in determining the glucose utilizing glucose enzyme.
Pardue, Harry L.; Burke, Michael F.; Jones, David O. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 684.
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
Catalysis |
Enzymes |
Carbohydrates
Evaluation of titration analyses with logarithmic concentration diagrams  Yingst, Austin
Examines the use of logarithmic concentration diagrams in the evaluation of strong and weak acid-base titrations.
Yingst, Austin J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 601.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
The stoichiometry of an oxidation-reduction reaction  Latimer, George W., Jr.
A short note on the titration of hydrazine sulfate with standard bromate in the presence of sodium molybdate that requires students to identify the products through the use of some elementary qualitative analysis.
Latimer, George W., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 537.
Stoichiometry |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
Qualitative analysis without removing phosphate  Poonia, N. S.; Bhagwat, W. V.
Describes a scheme for the analysis of groups III, IV, and V, carried out below pH 7, which does not necessitate the removing of phosphate.
Poonia, N. S.; Bhagwat, W. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 484.
Qualitative Analysis
Detection of iron with salicylimine  Poonia, N. S.; Bakre, V. P.; Bal, M. S.
Describes the detection of iron with salicylimine.
Poonia, N. S.; Bakre, V. P.; Bal, M. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 483.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
Reagents for analysis of iron(II)-iron(III) mixtures  Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N.
Presents some analytical reagents that may be used for the analysis of iron(II)-iron(III) mixtures.
Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 482.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
Detection of mercury(I) and mercury(II) in the presence of each other  Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N.
Presents some analytical reagents that may be used for the analysis of mercury(I) and mercury(II) in the presence of each other.
Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 482.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
Some analytical reagents for tin(II)-tin(IV) mixtures  Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N.
Presents some analytical reagents that may be used for the analysis of tin(II)-tin(IV) mixtures.
Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 481.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Metals
Spot tests for silver(I) and manganese(II)  Poonia, N. S.; Gupta, H. K. L.
This investigation introduces piperidine as a new reagent for this test and describes an improved technique with increased sensitivity.
Poonia, N. S.; Gupta, H. K. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 480.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Metals
Qualitative analysis with paper chromatography  Poonia, N. S.
A spot of an unknown mixture is subjected to radial development, and the circular chromatogram is divided into a number of segments used for the detection of different cations or groups of cations.
Poonia, N. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 477.
Qualitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
A modular system for teaching instrumental chemical analysis  Morgenthaler, L. P.
Identifies eight experiments performed using modular equipment in an instrumental analysis course.
Morgenthaler, L. P. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 325.
Instrumental Methods
A new approach to the sophomore course: "Biorganalytical" chemistry at UCLA  Pecsok, Robert L.
Describes the analytical methods of organic and biochemistry developed in a new course offered at UCLA.
Pecsok, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 322.
Analytical chemistry: A kinetic viewpoint. A new approach to undergraduate instruction  Rechnitz, Garry A.
Identifies analytical topics and laboratory experiments suited to consideration from a kinetic perspective.
Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 317.
Kinetics
Methods of separation: The sophomore analytical course  Dilts, Robert V.
Describes the development of a course in separation methods.
Dilts, Robert V. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 313.
Separation Science
Test tube and glass rod tlc  Ikan, Raphael; Rapaport, Eliezer
Describes the use of test tubes and glass rods coated on their outer surfaces for thin layer chromatography.
Ikan, Raphael; Rapaport, Eliezer J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 297.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
The use of talc as a tlc adsorbent  Walsh, Brother Joseph M.
Describes the use of talc as a thin layer chromatography adsorbent, particularly with respect to the separation of flavonoids, sugars, and proteins.
Walsh, Brother Joseph M. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 294.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Proteins / Peptides |
Carbohydrates
Cumulative confidence limits in reporting the results of volumetric analyses  McDuffie, Bruce
This short note discusses the use of cumulative confidence limits in reporting the results of volumetric analyses.
McDuffie, Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 234.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 3. Sensitivity of atomic fluorescence, absorption, and emission flame spectrometry  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; Parsons, M. L.
The purpose of this paper is to provide spectroscopists with the ability to choose the most sensitive flame spectrometric method and instrument for a given analysis and the optimum exponential conditions for subsequent analysis.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; Parsons, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 214.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Determination of glucose: A kinetics experiment for the analytical course  Toren, E. Clifford, Jr.
This determination of glucose demonstrates both kinetic and enzymatic methods of analysis.
Toren, E. Clifford, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 172.
Quantitative Analysis |
Carbohydrates |
Kinetics |
Enzymes
Grading quantitative analysis laboratory reports  McKaig, Nelson, Jr.
The purpose of this paper is to describe the development of a chart that provides a simple method of grading a student's analysis.
McKaig, Nelson, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 169.
Quantitative Analysis
Calculation of titration error in precipitation titrations: A graphical method  Fernando, Quintus; Butcher, John
In this article, a graphical method is introduced that greatly clarifies the nature of the calculation of titration error in precipitation titrations and illustrates the significance of the various equilibria.
Fernando, Quintus; Butcher, John J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 166.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 2. Quantum efficiency and decay time of luminescent molecules  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.
The kinetic approach of Forster is used to derive equations for the quantum efficiencies and decay times of molecules (in the condensed phase) that exhibit fluorescence, phosphorescence, and delayed fluorescence.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 136.
Spectroscopy
Zone extractor for thin-layer chromatography  Ruchelman, Maryon W.
This communication describes a simple technique for elution columns prepared from commercially available disposable capillary pipets.
Ruchelman, Maryon W. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 110.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 1. Use of signal-to-noise ratio theory  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; St. John, P. A.
The purpose of this article is to describe quantitatively the production of signal and noise in spectrochemical measurements.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; St. John, P. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 80.
Spectroscopy
Quantitative analytical chemistry (Fritz, James S.; Schenk, George H., Jr.)  Moorhead, Edward D.

Moorhead, Edward D. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 62.
Quantitative Analysis
A simple apparatus for scoring tlc plates  Walsh, Brother Joseph M.
Describes a simple apparatus for scoring thin layer chromatography plates.
Walsh, Brother Joseph M. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 24.
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Flame spectroscopy. Parts 1-3 (Mavrodineanu, Radu; Boiteux, Henri)  West, Allen C.

West, Allen C. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A176.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Instrumentation for atomic absorptionPart two  Kahn, Herbert L.
Considers sources of atomic absorption, single-element hollow cathodes, manufacturers and lamp life, vapor discharge lamps, multi-element lamps, high brightness lamps, monochromators and detectors, and flame emission operation.
Kahn, Herbert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A103.
Instrumental Methods |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Instrumentation for atomic absorptionPart one  Kahn, Herbert L.
Examines the advantages, analytical possibilities, interferences, sensitivities, and instrumental systems of atomic absorption.
Kahn, Herbert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A7.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Principles of Analytical Chemistry (Reynolds, Charles A.)  Banks, Charles V.

Banks, Charles V. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 684.
Automation of amperometric titrations with rotating platinum electrodes  Olsen, Eugene D.; Walton, Roger D.
A modification of an earlier described apparatus allows for the automation of amperometric titrations with rotating platinum electrodes.
Olsen, Eugene D.; Walton, Roger D. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 659.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Electrochemistry
A simple variable speed wavelength drive  Harrison, W. W.; Norvelle, A. W., Jr.
Describes a simple variable speed wavelength drive designed for use with a Beckman DU.
Harrison, W. W.; Norvelle, A. W., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 598.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Theoretical error in acid-base titrations  Butcher, John; Quintus, Fernanado
The purpose of this report is to describe simple derivations of equations for titration error calculations for a number of acid-base titrations, and to show error curves for some typical cases.
Butcher, John; Quintus, Fernanado J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 546.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases
Qualitative Analysis (Hovey, Nelson W.; Krohn, Albertine)  Kieff, Lester

Kieff, Lester J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 507.
Qualitative Analysis
Instrumental Methods of Analysis (Willard, Hobart H.; Merritt, Lynne L., Jr.; Dean, John A.)  Safford, H. W.

Safford, H. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 506.
Instrumental Methods
Use of KMnO4, to oxidize interfering organic anions in qualitative analysis  Poonia, N. S.; Bhagwat, W. V.
A simple procedure is presented here that is based upon the oxidation of organic material by permanganate ion in acidified medium.
Poonia, N. S.; Bhagwat, W. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 424.
Qualitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction
Reagents for the qualitative analysis of Ce(III)-Ce(IV) mixtures  Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N.
Reports a series of comparisons between the behavior of Ce(III) and Ce(IV) toward several analytical reagents.
Lal, Sudarshan; Srivastava, S. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 424.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Paper chromatography and spot tests: A useful combination of techniques  Poonia, N. S.
Reports on the specificity of identification afforded by spot test reagents and provides Rf values for 36 inorganic ions.
Poonia, N. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 423.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Metals
Errors in the detection of cadmium: Light-colored copper-thioacetamide complexes  Isenberg, N.; Kreger, H. J.; Middleton, R. H.
It is important to take precautions in the identification of cadmium in the presence of copper.
Isenberg, N.; Kreger, H. J.; Middleton, R. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 422.
Coordination Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis
Fusion reactions under the microscope  Benedetti-Pichler, A. A.; Vikin, Joe
An electrically heated wire is used to identify a variety of cations and anions according to colors observed under a microscope.
Benedetti-Pichler, A. A.; Vikin, Joe J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 421.
Reactions |
Qualitative Analysis |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Letter to the editor (the author replies)  Hollahan, John R.
The technique in the cited article is not a new one.
Hollahan, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 392.
Instrumental Methods
Letter to the editor  Gleit, Chester F.
The technique in the cited article is not a new one.
Gleit, Chester F. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 392.
Instrumental Methods
Simple experiments in amperometry. Determination of acids, oxidizing agents  Feldman, Frederic J.
Amperometry, the measurement of current resulting from an electrochemical reaction at the electrode, is a simple means of determining the concentration of an electroactive species. An experiment is described here for the determination of acids or oxidizing agents by amperometry.
Feldman, Frederic J. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 378.
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry
Quantitative infrared analysis of xylene mixtures: Internal standard method  Veening, Hans
This paper describes an experiment in which meta- and para-xylene are quantitatively determined through infrared spectroscopy using ortho-xylene as an internal standard and cyclohexane as the solvent.
Veening, Hans J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 319.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
A simple high-resolution differential thermal analysis unit  Zaret, Matthew E.; McClenon, John R.; Aikens, David A.
Describes the design and operation of a simple high-resolution differential thermal analysis unit.
Zaret, Matthew E.; McClenon, John R.; Aikens, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 307.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Thermal Analysis |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams
Copper and iron samples for analytical chemistry  Shen, Samuel Y.
Copper wire and steel razor blades can be used as standards for the determination of copper and iron.
Shen, Samuel Y. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 264.
Quantitative Analysis
Interferometric spectroscopy in the far infrared  Hurley, William J.
Examines interferometric spectroscopy instrumentation, interferograms, interferometry versus conventional spectroscopy, and some chemical applications of interferometric spectroscopy.
Hurley, William J. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 236.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Constant flow in titration  Brockett, Clyde P.
Presents a modification on an earlier constant flow device for use in titrimetric analysis.
Brockett, Clyde P. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 210.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Introduction to quantitative chemistry (Klingenberg, Joseph A.; Reed, Kenneth)  Pappenhagen, James M.

Pappenhagen, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 56.
Quantitative Analysis
Homemade marker for chromatography plates  Miller, Frederick W.
Presents a marker for chromatography plates constructed from a pocket comb.
Miller, Frederick W. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 29.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
Instrumentation for electrodeposition and coulometryPart two  Lott, Peter F.
Examines all-electronic potentiostats, constant current coulometry, galvanostats, and a microcoulometric titration system.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A361.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Introduction to infrared and raman spectroscopy (Colthup, Norman B.; Daly, Lawrence H.; Wiberley, Stephen E.)  Wexler, Arthur S.

Wexler, Arthur S. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A322.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
Instrumentation for electrodeposition and coulometryPart one  Lott, Peter F.
Examines electrodeposition, controlled potential analysis, potentiostats, and other electromechanical devices.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A261.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Quantitative analysis (Merritt, Paul E.)  Collat, J. W.

Collat, J. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A70.
Quantitative Analysis
Thin-layer chromatography: A laboratory handbook (Stahl, Egon)  Malins, Donald C.

Malins, Donald C. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 692.
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science
Some analytical applications of photoconductive cells  Hedrick, C. E.
Presents the construction and operation of photoprobes and their application in colorimetric, turbidimetric, and fluorescence titrations.
Hedrick, C. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 660.
Photochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Student potentiometer using a zener diode  Atkinson, George F.
Presents a circuit diagram for a student potentiometer using a zener diode.
Atkinson, George F. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 656.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry
Analytical chemistry: An introduction (Skoog, Douglas A.; West, Donald M.)  Rechnitz, Garry A.

Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 634.
Use of the unopette in thin-layer chromatography  Clitheroe, H. J.; Gerarde, H. W.
Describes the use of the Unopette capillary in applying samples to chromatographic plates.
Clitheroe, H. J.; Gerarde, H. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 613.
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An inexpensive TLC tank  Andersen, Kenneth K.; May, George S.
Presents a sandwich-type thin layer chromatography tank.
Andersen, Kenneth K.; May, George S. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 596.
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
NMR spectra: Appearance of patterns from small spin systems  Becker, Edwin D.
This article seeks to clarify some confusing points in the interpretation of NMR spectra.
Becker, Edwin D. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 591.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Formation of the chromium-EDTA complex: An undergraduate kinetics experiment  Hedrick, C. E.
The formation of the chromium-EDTA complex serves as the basis for a kinetics experiment in analytical chemistry.
Hedrick, C. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 479.
Coordination Compounds |
Kinetics |
Rate Law
Experiments in inorganic paper chromatography  Walton, Harold F.
Experiments typical of those done in geochemical work involve the detection and estimation of uranium, copper, cobalt, and nickel.
Walton, Harold F. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 477.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Geochemistry |
Metals
Principles and methods of chemical analysis (Walton, Harold F.)  Banks, Charles V.

Banks, Charles V. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 460.
A simple high frequency transistor recorder for chromatography  Jackson, A.
Describes the design and operation of a simple high frequency transistor recorder for chromatography.
Jackson, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 447.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Automatic fraction collector for column chromatography  Herbener, R. E.
This article describes the construction of an automatically timed fraction collector for use with chromatographic columns.
Herbener, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 445.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Guide for selecting conditions for EDTA titrations  Ueno, Keihei
The chart presented here is a convenient guide for selecting proper pH conditions for EDTA titrations of metal ions.
Ueno, Keihei J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 432.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
pH |
Quantitative Analysis |
Metals
Closely spaced samples for teaching quantitative analysis  Kratochvil, B. G.; Bydalek, T. J.; Blaedel, W. J.
A series of solid samples has been prepared in which the amount of sought-for component varies between samples by small, uniformly-spaced increments.
Kratochvil, B. G.; Bydalek, T. J.; Blaedel, W. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 430.
Quantitative Analysis
Potentiometric determination of mixed halides  Jaques, Derek
A procedure is described to estimate a mixture of chloride, bromide, and iodide.
Jaques, Derek J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 429.
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents
Determination of calcium in sea water: Analytical experiment using the radionuclide Ca45  Corless, James T.
In this paper an experiment is described that employs radiotracer, ion exchange, complexometric titration, and spectrophotometric techniques for the determination of calcium in sea water.
Corless, James T. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 421.
Isotopes |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Ion Exchange |
Spectroscopy
Analytical chemistry course for chemistry majors  Sen, Buddhadev
This article describes the development of a quantitative analytical chemistry course and its basic philosophy.
Sen, Buddhadev J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 418.
Quantitative Analysis
A simple constant-flow device for use in titrimetric analysis  van Swaay, M.; Lolley, R. F.
Presents the design and an evaluation of performance for a simple constant-flow device for use in titrimetric analysis.
van Swaay, M.; Lolley, R. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 381.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Potentiometric titrations using Gran plots: A textbook omission  Rossotti, F. J. C.; Rossotti, Hazel
Describes Gran's graphical method of end point determination for the precise analysis of acids and bases.
Rossotti, F. J. C.; Rossotti, Hazel J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 375.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases
Use of polychromatic radiation in absorption photometry  Strong, Frederick C., III
Proportionality between concentration and absorbance (Beer's Law) requires approximately monochromatic radiation to the extent that the variation of absorptivities with wavelength results in less error than other instrumental and chemical errors.
Strong, Frederick C., III J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 342.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Semi-micro vapor density apparatus: A rapid technique  Svec, Harry J.; Peterson, Norman C.
The authors have developed a rapid technique to determine the molecular weight of 5 to 15 microliters of a volatile compound with a precision of about +/- 2%.
Svec, Harry J.; Peterson, Norman C. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 336.
Microscale Lab |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Applying a steady state approach to polarography  Mason, John G.
The application of a simple steady-state rate treatment requires very little mathematics and offers much insight into polargraphic processes in particular and electrochemical processes in general.
Mason, John G. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 333.
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Kinetics |
Rate Law
Iron(III) determination using liquid-liquid extraction and colorimetry  Holt, Robert L.; Easley, William K.
The determination of iron(III) employing 8-hydroxyquinoline combines liquid / liquid extraction with the use of a pH meter as well as introducing the student to the formation and properties of complexes.
Holt, Robert L.; Easley, William K. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 276.
Quantitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Coordination Compounds
Several designs for constructing potentiometers  Battino, Rubin
This paper describes several designs for constructing inexpensive potentiometers that possess a practical degree of precision.
Battino, Rubin J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 211.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Quantitative chemistry (Waser, Jurg)  Furman, N. H.

Furman, N. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 61.
Quantitative Analysis
Modular instrumentation in analytical chemistry  Ewing, Galen W.
It is the purpose of this paper to describe an approach to modular instrumentation in analytical chemistry in which students complete the assembly of partially assembled instruments.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 32.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Mechanical aids for the interpretation of infrared absorption spectral data  Slavin Donald G.
Examines the topics of spectral-structure correlation charts, book indices, the operation of "Spec-Finder," punched card identification systems, edge punched cards, and optical coincidence systems.
Slavin Donald G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A827.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Apparatus for large scale gas chromatography  Bayer, Ernst
Examines the design and operation of large scale gas chromatography columns.
Bayer, Ernst J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A755.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography
Instrumentation teaching equipment. Part three: Miscellaneous  Eisner, Leonard
Considers magnetic resonance spectroscopy, magnetic susceptibility, atomic beam spectroscopy, mass spectrometers, chromatography, electrochemistry, electron diffraction, field emission microscopes, glass blowing and vacuum systems, high and low temperatures, and ultrasonics.
Eisner, Leonard J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A607.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Mass Spectrometry |
Magnetic Properties |
Chromatography |
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Instrumentation teaching equipment. Part one: Optical devices (continued)  Eisner, Leonard
Examines lasers used as instrumental teaching equipment.
Eisner, Leonard J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A551.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Food composition and analysis (Triebold, Howard O.; Aurand, Leonard W.)  Watts, Betty M.

Watts, Betty M. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A534.
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry
Instrumentation teaching equipment. Part one: Optical devices  Eisner, Leonard
Examines the attributes of teaching equipment, teaching fundamental principles, optics and spectroscopy, and spectroscopic equipment of modular design.
Eisner, Leonard J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A491.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Instrumentation for fluorometry. Part two  Lott, Peter F.
Examines a variety of fluorometers, including filter fluorometers.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A421.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Thin layer chromatography (Bobbitt, James M.)  Wollish, E. G.

Wollish, E. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A396.
Separation Science |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Experimental gas chromatography (Miller, James M.)  Sawyer, Donald T.

Sawyer, Donald T. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A214.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science
Modern polarographic methods (Schmidt, Helmut; von Stackelberg, Mark)  Anson, Fred

Anson, Fred J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A214.
Electrochemistry
Mass spectrometry, part two  Wiberley, Stephen E.; Aikens, David A.
Considers the applications of mass spectrometry and various commercial mass spectrometers.
Wiberley, Stephen E.; Aikens, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A153.
Instrumental Methods |
Mass Spectrometry
Mass spectrometry  Wiberley, Stephen E.; Aikens, David A.
Examines the theory of mass spectroscopy and factors that influence mass spectra.
Wiberley, Stephen E.; Aikens, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A75.
Mass Spectrometry |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Emission spectroscopy. Part two  Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H.
Examines commercial monochromators.
Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A5.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy
Adaptation of a Sargent polarograph to a pen recording instrument  Haas, J. W., Jr.
This brief note describes the adaptation of a Sargent polarograph to a pen recording instrument.
Haas, J. W., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 632.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
An inexpensive centrifuge for micro qualitative analysis  Gaddis, Shirley W.
Presents an inexpensive micro centrifuge.
Gaddis, Shirley W. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 625.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Microscale Lab |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
Modified single deflection weighing  Knudson, George E.
Describes a single deflection method of weighing using older, double pan balances.
Knudson, George E. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 449.
Instrumental Methods
The use of polyelectrolytes to improve qualitative analysis preparations  Williams, T. R.; Carter, Robert
Describes the use of polyelectrolytes to deal with the problem of precipitates in colloidal form.
Williams, T. R.; Carter, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 442.
Qualitative Analysis |
Colloids
The effect of mineral acid on methyl violet solutions  McKaig, Nelson, Jr.
Test results indicate that the four common strong mineral acids cause fading of methyl violet indicator.
McKaig, Nelson, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 441.
Qualitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Separation and identification of copper and cadmium  Poonia, N. S.; Gupta, H. K. L.
Describes three semimicro procedures for the separation and identification of copper and cadmium.
Poonia, N. S.; Gupta, H. K. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 439.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Resacetophenone oxime chelation of copper in the presence of cadmium  Kadarmandalgi, S. G.
The use of resacetophenone oxime as a chelating agent for copper(II) ions avoids the use of cyanide in the separation of copper from cadmium ions.
Kadarmandalgi, S. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 438.
Qualitative Analysis
Spot test for detection of manganese  Kadarmandalgi, S. G.
Describes a procedure for the spot test detection of manganese.
Kadarmandalgi, S. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 437.
Qualitative Analysis
A fluorescent indicator for a confirmatory test for the aluminum ion  Haworth, Daniel T.; Starshak, R. J.; Surak, J. G.
Presents a new confirmatory test for the aluminum ion using 1-(2-pyridylazo)-2-napthol as a fluorescent indicator.
Haworth, Daniel T.; Starshak, R. J.; Surak, J. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 436.
Qualitative Analysis
Column chromatographic analysis of the metal ions  Marie, Sister Eleanor, S. S. J.
Presents a column chromatographic analysis of the metal ions that is superior to conventional methods.
Marie, Sister Eleanor, S. S. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 436.
Qualitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Metals |
Separation Science
Dual column gas chromatography: A teaching tool  Miller, James M.
Presents advantages to and several experiments involving dual column gas chromatography.
Miller, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 413.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science
Travel of molecules and disturbances in chromatographic columns: A paradox and its resolution  Helfferich, F.
The purpose of the present communication is to contribute toward a better understanding of some fundamental, but not obvious, aspects of nonlinear chromatography by presenting and then resolving what appears to be, at first sight, a surprising paradox.
Helfferich, F. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 410.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science
An anion exchange radiochemical experiment: Separation of manganese, zinc, and iron  Morie, Gerald P.; Sweet, Thomas R.; Pitstick, Gerald F.
The separation of manganese, zinc, and iron is based on distribution coefficients reported for tartrate complexes.
Morie, Gerald P.; Sweet, Thomas R.; Pitstick, Gerald F. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 389.
Ion Exchange |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Separation Science
Cation-sensitive glass electrodes  Rechnitz, Garry A.
Examines the theory and applications of cation-sensitive glass electrodes.
Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 385.
Ion Selective Electrodes
Construction of a simple refractometer: A chemical instrumentation experiment  Coe, Gordon R.; Conlon, Ralph D.; Dessy, Raymond E.
The construction of a simple refractometer can be used as an experiment to teach basic concepts of instrumentation.
Coe, Gordon R.; Conlon, Ralph D.; Dessy, Raymond E. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 337.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Letters  Byer, Albert J.
Suggestion for obtaining sharp endpoints in the titration of saponified acids.
Byer, Albert J. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 288.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
A versatile and inexpensive controlled potential polarographic analyzer  Enke, C. G.; Baxter, R. A.
The instrument described in this article was built to be used for basic research in nonaqueous and ac polarography and for instruction in polarographic principles and techniques in introductory and advanced analytical chemistry laboratories.
Enke, C. G.; Baxter, R. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 202.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A demonstration device for gas chromatography  Herbener, R. E.
This paper describes the construction and use of a simple gas chromatograph with removable covers for class demonstrations.
Herbener, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 162.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science |
Gas Chromatography
A versatile and inexpensive pH recording electrometer  Malmstadt, H. V.
Presents the design and operation of a modular pH unit with automatic temperature compensation.
Malmstadt, H. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 148.
pH |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Emission spectroscopy. Part one  Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H.
Examines the general principles of emission spectroscopy, quantitative analysis through emission spectroscopy, and excitation sources.
Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A927.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Quantitative Analysis
An inexpensive coulometer for titrations with externally generated reagents  Head, W. F., Jr.; Marsh, M. M.
Suggests constructing a coulometer and special buret for performing coulometric titrations.
Head, W. F., Jr.; Marsh, M. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A888.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
A new qualitative reagent for aluminum. A specific qualitative reagent for copper  Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K.
Suggests research questions to accompany an earlier published JCE article.
Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A564.
Qualitative Analysis
Non-cyanide detection of cadmium in the presence of copper  Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K.
Suggests research questions to accompany an earlier published JCE article.
Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A564.
Qualitative Analysis
Rapid detection of cations of copper group  Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K.
Suggests research questions to accompany an earlier published JCE article.
Young, Jay A.; Taylor, John K. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A564.
Quantitative Analysis
Float method for the analysis of solutions  Osburn, J. O.
Presents suggestions for investigations to accompany and earlier published article.
Osburn, J. O. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A538.
Solutions / Solvents
Density measurements with a magnetically controlled float  Cartan, F.
Presents suggestions for investigations to accompany and earlier published article.
Cartan, F. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A538.
Physical Properties |
Magnetic Properties
Analysis of aspirin: A conductometric titration  Proctor, J. S.; Roberts, J. E.
Suggests research questions based on an earlier published article.
Proctor, J. S.; Roberts, J. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A306.
Undergraduate Research |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Conductivity
The turbidimetric determination of lead  Perkins, G., Jr.
Suggests research questions based on an earlier published article.
Perkins, G., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A306.
Undergraduate Research |
Solutions / Solvents |
Quantitative Analysis
Chromatographic glossary  Lewin, S. Z.
Presents thin layer and gas chromatography terms in English, German, French, and Spanish.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A167.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography
Chromatography (Heftmann, Erich, ed.)  Dehority, Burk A.

Dehority, Burk A. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, A63.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Fundamentals of analytical chemistry (Skoog, Douglas A.; West, Donald M.)  Bard, Allen J.

Bard, Allen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 614.
Elementary quantitative analysis (Blaedel, W. J.; Meloche, V. M.)  Pecsok, Robert L.

Pecsok, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 614.
Quantitative Analysis
Handbook of analytical chemistry (Meites, Louis)  Williams, Theodore R.

Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 560.
Electrophoretic study of synthetic food dyes  Anwar, M. H.; Norman, S.; Anwar, B.; Laplaca, P.
Describes an experiment in which mixtures of synthetic food dyes are separated through electrophoresis.
Anwar, M. H.; Norman, S.; Anwar, B.; Laplaca, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 537.
Electrochemistry |
Electrophoresis |
Dyes / Pigments |
Separation Science
Potentiometric titration curves for simple ion combination reactions  Goldman, James A.
Examines the properties of a rigorously derived equation that is applicable to the calculation of a potentiometric titration curve for a simple ion combination reaction.
Goldman, James A. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 519.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
Iodide ion as a qualitative reagent: Detection of nitrite and sulfite  Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr.
Presents advantageous methods for the detection of the nitrite and sulfite ions.
Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 417.
Quantitative Analysis
Qualitative detection of Ba, Sr, and Ca ions  Pariza, Richard
This short note presents a procedure for the separation of Ba++, Ca++, and Sr++ in pairs or combination of the three.
Pariza, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 417.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Preparation of solutions for qualitative analysis with a cation exchange resin  Key, Paul; Sohl, Edward; Tiews, Robert; Bricker, Clark
A simple technique utilizing an ion exchange resin has been developed that eliminates most of the difficulties encountered in the dissolution of insoluble salts prior to analysis.
Key, Paul; Sohl, Edward; Tiews, Robert; Bricker, Clark J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 416.
Qualitative Analysis |
Ion Exchange
A simple separation of the group II-A sulfides  O'Donnell, T. A.
Presents a group separation scheme for the separation of lead from bismuth and copper from cadmium.
O'Donnell, T. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 415.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Separation and identification of copper in the presence of cadmium  Abrao, Alcidio
Suggests techniques for the separation and identification of copper in the presence of cadmium without relying on HCN.
Abrao, Alcidio J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 413.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals |
Separation Science |
Ion Exchange
Electronics for scientists: Principles and experiments for those who use instruments (Malmstadt, H. V.; Enke, C. G.; Toren, E. C., Jr.)  Moorhead, E. D.

Moorhead, E. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 335.
Instrumental Methods
Weight burets for the quantitative analysis course  Gaddis, Shirley W.
This short note describes the use of a doll's nursing bottle as a weight buret.
Gaddis, Shirley W. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 324.
Quantitative Analysis
Basic experimental organic chemistry (Cason, James; Rapoport, Henry)  Traynham, James G.

Traynham, James G. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 106.
Nonmajor Courses
A modular approach to chemical instrumentation  Wise, Edward N.
Suggests a modular approach to assist students in acquiring familiarity with the application of instrumental principles.
Wise, Edward N. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 73.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management
Calculating titration errors  Butler, James N.
This paper presents some explicit expressions for the titration error in acid-base and precipitation titrations, as well as a simple method for deciding qualitatively whether or not a given titration is feasible.
Butler, James N. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 66.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis |
Equilibrium |
Acids / Bases |
Precipitation / Solubility
Thin layer chromatography apparatus  Hansbury, Elizabeth; Ott, D. G.; Perrings, J. D.
Describes the preparation of the grooved plate and adsorbent layer for a simple and inexpensive, thin layer chromatography apparatus.
Hansbury, Elizabeth; Ott, D. G.; Perrings, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 31.
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Instrumentation based on operational amplifiers (Part II)  Reilley, C. N.
Examines standard voltage sources, differential operational amplifiers, consecutive circuits, and the solution of equations through op amp circuitry.
Reilley, C. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A933.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Introduction to chemical instrumentation: Electronic signals and operations (Bair, Edward J.)  Tabbutt, Frederick

Tabbutt, Frederick J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A684.
Instrumental Methods
Electroanalytical instrumentation  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines photographic and pen recording DC polarographs produced by various manufacturers.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A445.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Electroanalytical instrumentation (continued)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines polarographic instruments and their components and processes, including the slidewire, the galvanometer, damping, the shunt, and manual polarographs.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A355.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
Electroanalytical Instrumentation  Lewin, S. Z.
Considers types of electrochemical techniques; principles of instrumentation; power supplies, their controllers and programmers; and detection circuitry.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A261.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
Paper electrophoresis (Ribiero, L. P.; Mitidieri, E.; Affonso, O. R.)  Tarr, Donald A.

Tarr, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A228.
Electrochemistry |
Electrophoresis |
Separation Science
Gas Chromatography (continued)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the operating characteristics of the gas chromatography detector and various types of detectors, including thermal and flame conductivity detectors.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A83.
Instrumental Methods |
Gases |
Gas Chromatography
Gas Chromatographs (continued)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the nature of the packing in a gas chromatograph and its effects on the performance of the instrument.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A5.
Gases |
Gas Chromatography |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Instrumental Methods
Introduction to qualitative analysis (Layde, Durward C.)  Larson, W. D.

Larson, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 656.
Qualitative Analysis
Analytical chemistry, volume 2 (Crouthamel, Carl E.)  Rogers, L. B.

Rogers, L. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 655.
Using computing machines to grade student analysis reports  Rosenstein, R. D.; Smith, S. R.
The increasing availability of high speed digital computers and the relative simplicity of Fortran programming makes the use of machine methods a useful aid in the grading of laboratory reports in a course of quantitative analysis.
Rosenstein, R. D.; Smith, S. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 620.
Quantitative Analysis
Oxygen flask semimicro methods for organic sulfur and phosphorus  MacDonald, Alison M. G.; Stephen, William I.
Presents oxygen flask semimicro methods for the quantitative determination of organic sulfur and phosphorus that are appropriate for students.
MacDonald, Alison M. G.; Stephen, William I. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 528.
Quantitative Analysis |
Microscale Lab
Simplified atomic absorption spectrophotometer  Rechnitz, Garry A.
This paper presents a simple atomic absorption spectrophotometer that can be constructed from inexpensive and readily available components.
Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 475.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Qualitative elemental analysis (Swift, E. H.; Schaefer, William P.)  Tyree, S. Y., Jr.

Tyree, S. Y., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 432.
Qualitative Analysis
Analysis of tartar emetic: A photometric titration  Sellers, D. E.; Tang, S. S. N.; Van Atta, R. E.
Presents the determination of antimony in tartar emetic by photometric titration with potassium permanganate.
Sellers, D. E.; Tang, S. S. N.; Van Atta, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 408.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Photochemistry
Quantitative analysis of silver-copper alloys by diffusion in gelation  Eby, Sister Denise
This paper describes a modification of an earlier procedure and its application to the quantitative aspect of silver-copper alloys by differential radial diffusion on their component nitrates in concentrated gelatin.
Eby, Sister Denise J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 406.
Quantitative Analysis
The cyanocobaltate scheme of qualitative analysis  Rich, Ronald
This paper presents a novel scheme of qualitative analysis for cations.
Rich, Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 403.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The detection of strontium and calcium  Isenberg, Norbert; Collins, Carolyn J.; MacFarland, Sue A.; Strax, Polly A.
This method addresses the problem of detecting strontium and calcium in the presence of the chromate ion.
Isenberg, Norbert; Collins, Carolyn J.; MacFarland, Sue A.; Strax, Polly A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 401.
Qualitative Analysis
New confirmatory tests for manganese, antimony, lead, mercury, and chromium  Rich, Ronald
Presents a series of tests for confirming the presence of manganese, antimony, lead, mercury, and chromium.
Rich, Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 400.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The separation and identification of cadmium and copper ions  Whitehead, T. H.; Hatcher, Georgia K.
Presents a sensitive and rapid method for the separation and identification of cadmium and copper ions.
Whitehead, T. H.; Hatcher, Georgia K. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 399.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Qualitative analysis for aluminum  Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr.
Tests for qualitatively determining the presence of Al+3, even in the presence of other metallic ions.
Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 398.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Metals
Detection of barium, strontium, and calcium with sodium rhodizonate  Chandra, Ramesh
The application of sodium rhodizonate allows the rapid detection of Group IV cations.
Chandra, Ramesh J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 397.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Detection of ferrocyanide, ferricyanide, and thiocyanate  Chandra, Ramesh; Sharma, S. L.
The authors present a simplified method for detecting ferrocyanide, ferricyanide, and thiocyanate in the presence of one another.
Chandra, Ramesh; Sharma, S. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 397.
Qualitative Analysis
Specific tests for cations of group II  Chandra, Ramesh; Jindal, H. R.
Methods for the identification of mercury, bismuth, copper, cadmium, arsenic, antimony, and tin.
Chandra, Ramesh; Jindal, H. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 396.
Qualitative Analysis
A spot test scheme for the identification of metal ions  Vavoulis, Alex
This spot test may be incorporated into a classical qualitative analysis scheme; includes methods for mercury, silver, bismuth, manganese, and zinc.
Vavoulis, Alex J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 395.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
H2S equilibria: The precipitation and solubilities of metal sulfides  Petrucci, Ralph H.; Moews, P. C., Jr.
It is possible to discuss all aspects of H2S and metal sulfide systems through a single mathematical relationship by using the appropriate terms in the expression.
Petrucci, Ralph H.; Moews, P. C., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 391.
Equilibrium |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
pH Measurement and titration (Mattock, G.)  Bard, Allen J.

Bard, Allen J. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 377.
pH |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Protein nitrogen in fruits, vegetables, and meats by a modified Kjeldahl method: A quantitative analysis experiment  Meloan, Clifton E.
This "research" type experiment involves the quantitative determination of nitrogen in such foods as fruits, vegetables, and meats.
Meloan, Clifton E. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 365.
Quantitative Analysis |
Proteins / Peptides
Submicrogram Experimentation (Cheronis, Nicholas, ed.)  Young, Jay A.

Young, Jay A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 325.
Microscale Lab
A basic course in the theory and practice of quantitative chemical analysis (Fischer, Robert B.)  Pappenhagens, J. M.

Pappenhagens, J. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 108.
Quantitative Analysis
Locating ultraviolet-absorbing substances on paper chromatography  Katz, Sam
Describes a simple device for scanning paper chromatographs that is a version of the Haines apparatus and is suitable for classroom use.
Katz, Sam J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 34.
Chromatography |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The use of organic reagents in inorganic analysis (Busev, A. I.; Polianskii, N. G.)  Willaims, Theodore R.

Willaims, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A923.
Chemical properties and identification of ions: An introduction to semimicro qualitative analysis (Whipple, Omer K.)  Summers, Donald B.

Summers, Donald B. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A920.
Qualitative Analysis |
Microscale Lab
Gas Chromatographs  Lewin, S. Z.
Topics examined include carrier gas, flow control, sample injection, and chromatographic columns.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A869.
Gases |
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods
Chromatographic equipment (concluded)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines high voltage pherographs, column electrophoresis, thin-layer chromatographs, photometric effluent sensing systems, and refractometric effluent sensors.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A789.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Chromatographic equipment (continued)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the following topics: design considerations for stabilized medium pherographs, specialized types of pherographs, continuous flow electrochromatographs, the continuous flow chromatograph, and fraction collectors.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A713.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science
Qualitative Analysis and Analytical Chemical Separations (West, Philip W.; Vick, Maurice M.)  Frank, Richard E.

Frank, Richard E. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A642.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Chomatographic Equipment  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the following topics: selectivity in the distribution of components between two phases, chromatographic development, types of chromatographic systems, the production of counter-current flow, the scale of chromatographic separations, the components of chromatographs, the two-phase system, and containers.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A515.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Infrared spectrometers (concluded)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the design and operation of various commercial models of infrared spectrometers and a flame photometer.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A71.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy
Letters  Archer, R. D.
The author clarifies some of the chemistry relevant to an earlier article.
Archer, R. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 638.
Qualitative Analysis
A titration controller for demonstrating the behavior of acid-base indicators  Stock, John T.
Presents a circuit diagram for a device that permits the automatic back-and-forth titration with acid and alkali of a solution containing an appropriate indicator.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 633.
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
A qualitative elemental analysis system correlated with the periodic table  Swift, Ernest H.; Schaefer, William P.
This article describes a new system of qualitative analysis developed especially for instructional purposes as a means of teaching descriptive inorganic chemistry and the principles of chemical reactions.
Swift, Ernest H.; Schaefer, William P. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 607.
Periodicity / Periodic Table |
Qualitative Analysis |
Descriptive Chemistry |
Reactions
Float method for the analysis of solutions  Osburn, James O.; Choi, Il C.
Describes a simple procedure for making precise and reproducible concentration measurements through the thermal equilibrium float method.
Osburn, James O.; Choi, Il C. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 578.
Solutions / Solvents
A constant current source for student use  Mann, Charles K.; Champeaux, Vernel C.
Describes a controlled current power supply suitable for coulometric and potentiometric titrations, chronopotentiometry, and current scanning polarography.
Mann, Charles K.; Champeaux, Vernel C. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 519.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
An inexpensive versatile multi-column gas chromatograph for students  Sicilio, F.; Bull, H., III; Palmer, R. C.; Knight, J. A.
Presents the design of a multi-column, gas chromatography unit constructed from common laboratory materials.
Sicilio, F.; Bull, H., III; Palmer, R. C.; Knight, J. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 506.
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Gases |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Experiments for Instrumental Methods (Reilley, Charles N.; Sawyer, Donald T.)  Tabbutt, Frederick D.

Tabbutt, Frederick D. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 481.
Instrumental Methods
Analysis of aspirin: A conductometric titration  Proctor, James S.; Roberts, John E.
This conductometric titration determines the amount of aspirin in a regular tablet.
Proctor, James S.; Roberts, John E. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 471.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Conductivity
A simple test for the detection of phosphorus in organic compounds  Ketcham, Roger; Low-Beer, Anne de G.
This simple test for the detection of phosphorus in organic compounds relies on the sodium fusion procedure and filter paper moistened with silver nitrate.
Ketcham, Roger; Low-Beer, Anne de G. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 414.
Qualitative Analysis
Ion exchange separation of cadmium  Vick, Maurice M.; Harris, E. Lyndol
Presents a procedure for the separation of cadmium using ion exchange resin.
Vick, Maurice M.; Harris, E. Lyndol J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 414.
Ion Exchange |
Metals
A specific qualitative reagent for copper  Williams, T. R.; Burton, Frederick
Suggests the use of T-sulfonamidine as a specific precipitant for the separation and confirmation of copper(II) ions.
Williams, T. R.; Burton, Frederick J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 413.
Qualitative Analysis
Rapid detection of cations of copper group  Chandra, Ramesh
Presents a procedure for the separation and detection of the ions normally present in the copper subgroup.
Chandra, Ramesh J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 413.
Qualitative Analysis
A simple test for nitric acid fumes  Chan, Alfred, Jr.
This simple test for nitric acid fumes relies on an ordinary kraft paper towel.
Chan, Alfred, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 412.
Acids / Bases |
Qualitative Analysis
Chloride, bromide, and iodide determination  Hanson, Marvin Wayne
Provides a simple qualitative scheme for the separation and identification of chloride, bromide, and iodide.
Hanson, Marvin Wayne J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 412.
Quantitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A new qualitative reagent for aluminum  Jones, C. T.; Williams, Max B.
Describes the use of arsenazo as a confirmatory test for aluminum.
Jones, C. T.; Williams, Max B. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 411.
Qualitative Analysis
Benzenoid nitro-compounds as organic reagents for tin(II)  Burns, Robert L.; Gruen, Fred M.
Describes the results of a series of experiments involving benzenoid nitro-compounds as organic reagents for the detection of tin(II).
Burns, Robert L.; Gruen, Fred M. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 410.
Qualitative Analysis
Non-cyanide detection of cadmium in the presence of copper  Chandra, Ramesh
Describes six novel procedures for the detection of cadmium in the presence of copper that do not rely on cyanide.
Chandra, Ramesh J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 409.
Qualitative Analysis
Detection of phosphate in the presence of arsenate  Chandra, Ramesh
Describes a procedure for the detection of phosphate in the presence of arsenate.
Chandra, Ramesh J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 408.
Qualitative Analysis
Preparative separations replace typical qualitative analysis  Mahr, Carl
Discusses the use of preparative separations in qualitative analysis.
Mahr, Carl J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 407.
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
An inexpensive coulometer for titrations with externally generated reagents  Head, William F., Jr.; Marsh, Max M.
Describes the design and use of an inexpensive coulometer for titrations with externally generated reagents.
Head, William F., Jr.; Marsh, Max M. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 361.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
The turbidimetric determination of lead  Perkins, Gerald, Jr.; Wimberley, J. W.; Lamb, J. F.; Maurer, L. E.
Describes the turbidimetric determination of lead precipitated with molybdate.
Perkins, Gerald, Jr.; Wimberley, J. W.; Lamb, J. F.; Maurer, L. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 358.
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Ion exchange-radiochemical experiment  Mucci, Joseph F.; Spiegel, Dorothy E.; Stearns, Robert L.
This ion exchange experiment serves the dual purpose of introducing the concept of the total exchange capacity of a column while affording the use of radioisotopes in a quantitative analysis.
Mucci, Joseph F.; Spiegel, Dorothy E.; Stearns, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 348.
Ion Exchange |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
NMR spectroscopy as an analytical tool in organic chemistry  Martin, J. C.
This article introduces the theory of NMR spectroscopy and its use as an analytical tool in organic chemistry.
Martin, J. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 286.
NMR Spectroscopy
A laboratory practical examination in quantitative chemistry  MacNevin, William
Reports on the results of a laboratory practical examination in quantitative chemistry that eliminates or reduces common problems found with such assessments.
MacNevin, William J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 144.
Quantitative Analysis
An approach to complex equilibrium problems  Butler, James N.
Presents an approach to equilibrium problems that sets up enough equations relating the various concentrations present to define the system completely and then makes approximations that simplify the equations.
Butler, James N. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 141.
Equilibrium |
Chemometrics |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Letters  Battino, Rubin
The author offers an experimental approach to qualitative analysis as an exercise in deductive reasoning.
Battino, Rubin J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 102.
Qualitative Analysis
Calculations of Analytical Chemistry (Hamilton, Leicester F.; Simpson, Stephen G.)  Mellon, M. G.

Mellon, M. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 49.
Chemometrics
Infrared Spectrometers  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the components of infrared spectrometers and some commercial devices.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, A781.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Spectrophotometers (cont'd)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the various components and operating characteristics of the Beckman Model DU.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, A455.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Photometers and colorimeters (cont'd)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines vacuum phototube photometers, photomultiplier tube photometers, instruments for color specification, and tristmulus colorimetry.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, A271.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Photometers and Colorimeters  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines visual photometers, photovoltaic cell photometers, and photovoltaic cell circuitry.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, A197.
Instrumental Methods
Infrared spectroscopy: A chemist's tool  Pimentel, George C.
This paper serves as an introduction to infrared spectroscopy and seeks to explain why it has assumed such an important role in chemistry.
Pimentel, George C. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 651.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Color photography of spectra  Marquisee, Joseph A.
Using a relatively inexpensive spectrograph, students with no previous experience at color photography can turn out beautiful full color transparencies of spectra that can be viewed in less than two hours.
Marquisee, Joseph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 580.
Spectroscopy
Acid-base titrations with the tellurium electrode  Ricketts, John A.; Bowen, Ronald E.
Describes the use of the tellurium-tellurium oxide electrode for determining hydrogen ion activity.
Ricketts, John A.; Bowen, Ronald E. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 473.
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Ion Selective Electrodes
Polaroid films simplify instruction in spectrographic analysis  Bryan, Ford R.
Polaroid emulsions can be sued to demonstrate qualitative and quantitative analysis by modifying a conventional spectrograph to accommodate Polaroid film.
Bryan, Ford R. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 471.
Spectroscopy
The detection of acetate ions in qualitative analysis  Berk, Dennis; Hecker, Lawrence
A reliable test for acetate has been developed that is based on the fact that the acetate ion pyrolyzes with sodium hydroxide to form sodium carbonate.
Berk, Dennis; Hecker, Lawrence J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 414.
Qualitative Analysis
A non-cyanide separation of copper from cadmium  Waggoner, William H.
A procedure has been developed for the separation of copper from cadmium that is based on the observation that thiocyanate ion will precipitate copper but not cadmium from an acidic solution.
Waggoner, William H. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 411.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Improved confirmatory test for chromium  Ferrand, Edward F., Jr.
Describes an improved and sensitive confirmatory test for chromium.
Ferrand, Edward F., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 411.
Qualitative Analysis
A new reagent for the identification of Mg and Bi  Bishop, John A.
Brominated tetraresorcinol pyromellitein can be used in the identification of magnesium and bismuth.
Bishop, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 410.
Qualitative Analysis
A study of various methods for the analysis for Group III cations  Hahn, Richard B.; Sanders, Charlie H.
Results of a study comparing three methods for separating group III ions.
Hahn, Richard B.; Sanders, Charlie H. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 408.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals |
Separation Science
Semimicro analysis of alloys containing zirconium  Lehrman, Leo; Dorenbush, Martin; Meisler, Natalie
Presents a procedure for determining the presence and estimating the amount of zirconium in an alloy.
Lehrman, Leo; Dorenbush, Martin; Meisler, Natalie J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 407.
Qualitative Analysis |
Microscale Lab |
Metals
Research-oriented experiments in instrumental analysis  Sawyer, Donald T; Reilley, Charles N.
These experiments have been designed not only to illustrate analytical applications for instruments but also, whenever possible, to apply instrumental methods to the evaluation of physical chemical data.
Sawyer, Donald T; Reilley, Charles N. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 400.
Undergraduate Research |
Instrumental Methods
Analytical chemistry between organic and physical chemistry  Bowers, Richard C.; DeFord, D. D.
Describes an analytical chemistry course at Northwestern University placed between organic and physical chemistry.
Bowers, Richard C.; DeFord, D. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 337.
Teaching quantitative analysis after organic and physical chemistry  Hume, David N.
Analytical chemistry as practiced by the contemporary professional cannot be taught at the sophomore level.
Hume, David N. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 335.
Quantitative Analysis
Building a high-frequency titrator for instructional use  Clinkscales, J. K., Jr.; Frye, Herschel
Describes the design and operating characteristics of a high-frequency titrator for instructional use.
Clinkscales, J. K., Jr.; Frye, Herschel J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 304.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Identification of amino acids in a protein hydrolysate by paper chromatography  Clapp, L. B.; Hansch, Corwin
By varying the number of amino acids to be identified, the difficulty of this procedure can be easily controlled.
Clapp, L. B.; Hansch, Corwin J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 293.
Amino Acids |
Qualitative Analysis |
Proteins / Peptides |
Chromatography
The modernization of analytical chemistry in a liberal arts college  Thomas, William B.
A comparison of new and old curricula in analytical chemistry at Bates College.
Thomas, William B. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 281.
Educational trends? What they are and what they should be  Fritz, James S.
Presents the results of a survey characterizing several educational trends in quantitative analysis.
Fritz, James S. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 279.
Undergraduate courses in quantitative analysis  Kolthoff, I. M.
What are - or should be - the aims and objectives of required undergraduate courses in quantitative analysis for all chemists and chemical engineers?
Kolthoff, I. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 276.
Quantitative Analysis
Educational trends in analytical chemistry: Introduction  Bowers, Richard C.
The purpose of this symposium is to present some of the current ideas concerning the aims and obligations around which analytical chemistry courses should be built and to provide examples of the kinds of courses currently being offered.
Bowers, Richard C. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 276.
Colorimetric chemical analytical methods (The Tintometer Limited)  Mellon, M. G.

Mellon, M. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 273.
Letters  Park, Bart
Provides some suggestions for performing weight titrations.
Park, Bart J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 266.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
A semiautomatic polarograph: A low cost instrument for student use  Drake, G. Wilson; Johnston, C. B.
Presents the design of a semiautomatic polarograph suitable for introductory analytical chemistry.
Drake, G. Wilson; Johnston, C. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 240.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Near infrared spectra: A neglected field of spectral study  Wheeler, Owen H.
Examines several issues related to infrared spectroscopy, including challenges in instrumentation, spectral interpretation, and analytical applications.
Wheeler, Owen H. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 234.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Covalent Bonding
Semimicro Experiments in General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis (Cheronis, Nicholas D.; Stein, Herman)  Williams, Theodore R.

Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 216.
Microscale Lab |
Qualitative Analysis
A demonstration polarimeter  Spear, Carleton S.
Describes the construction of a simple polarimeter that can be constructed by students for use in laboratory experiments.
Spear, Carleton S. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 203.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
A thermogravimetric balance for student experiments  Delhez, Robert
Presents the design of a simple, homemade thermobalance.
Delhez, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 151.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An inexpensive apparatus for solubility measurements  Schmitt, Robert H.; Grove, E. L.
This brief note describes an inexpensive apparatus for solubility measurements.
Schmitt, Robert H.; Grove, E. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 150.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Precipitation / Solubility |
Instrumental Methods
Simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of cobalt and chromium: A student experiment  MacQueen, J. T.; Knight, Samuel B.; Reilley, Charles N.
This paper presents a summary of the theory and procedure applicable to two-component spectrophotometric analysis and describes a system (cobalt(II) and chromium(III) nitrate) that has been found very convenient for student instruction.
MacQueen, J. T.; Knight, Samuel B.; Reilley, Charles N. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 139.
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Method for determining the area of spots in paper chromatography  Knypl, J. S.; Antoszewski, R.
This method uses photography to provide a simple, objective way of measuring the area of a spot in paper chromatography.
Knypl, J. S.; Antoszewski, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 49.
Chromatography
Recording devices  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the basic design, construction, and operation of instrumental recording devices.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, A729.
Instrumental Methods
Centrifuges  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the operating characteristics and components of centrifuges.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, A269.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Chelon approach to analysis (II). Illustrative experiments  Reilley, Charles N.; Schmid, R. W.; Sadek, Fawzy S.
This paper describes chelon titration methods and various ways of achieving selectivity, lists some hints and precautions for practical work, and provides 15 experimental procedures for applying these techniques.
Reilley, Charles N.; Schmid, R. W.; Sadek, Fawzy S. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 619.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Coordination Compounds
Weight titrations revived  Thoburn, James M.
With the use of syringes and automatic balances, it is possible to make weight titrations more practical than ordinary volumetric determinations.
Thoburn, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 616.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Precise coulometric titrations based on silver coulometer measurements  Van Lente, K. A.; van Atta, R. E.; Willard, H. H.
The purpose of this article is to describe a method for coulometric titrations using a different type of silver coulometer and a versatile type of apparatus with which gas evolution causes no trouble.
Van Lente, K. A.; van Atta, R. E.; Willard, H. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 576.
Electrochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Chelon approach to analysis: I. Survey of theory and application  Reilley, C. N.; Schmid, R. W.; Sadek, Fawzy S.
This report is provided to acquaint chemists with the use of chelons such as EDTA in titrations and to present some material suitable for use in analytical courses.
Reilley, C. N.; Schmid, R. W.; Sadek, Fawzy S. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 555.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
A simple katharometer design  Thomas, Carl O.; Smith, Hilton A.
Presents the design of a simple katharometer that requires no glass work.
Thomas, Carl O.; Smith, Hilton A. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 527.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Gas Chromatography
Letters to the editor  Brescia, Frank
Presents the results of two surveys regarding the place of qualitative analysis in the chemistry curriculum.
Brescia, Frank J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 416.
Qualitative Analysis
Toluene-3,4-dithiol and its derivatives as analytical reagents: A new approach to qualitative inorganic analysis  Clark, R. E. D.; Neville, R. C.
Develops a rational basis for applying organic reagents to inorganic qualitative analysis.
Clark, R. E. D.; Neville, R. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 390.
Qualitative Analysis
Separating copper from cadmium without cyanide  Sanyal, Somorendranath
The procedure here is based on the observation that CdS is soluble in hot dilute H2SO4, whereas CuS is insoluble.
Sanyal, Somorendranath J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 387.
Qualitative Analysis
Detection of thiocyanate and dissolution of silver halides  Gentil, Vicente; Caldas, Alcides
This procedure will detect the presence of 1 mg of I-, Br-, Cl-, or SCN- in any mixture containing up to 100 mg of each of the other ions.
Gentil, Vicente; Caldas, Alcides J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 386.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Oxidation of hydrogen sulfide in inorganic qualitative analysis  Stock, John T.; Shinozuka, Fujiko
Presents the results of an investigation into the sulfate-forming tendencies of various oxidizing agents.
Stock, John T.; Shinozuka, Fujiko J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 385.
Qualitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction
A gas testing device using liquids or test papers  Williams, T. R.; Stock, John T.
This simple device facilitates the qualitative testing of gases evolved during small-scale inorganic analysis using liquids or test papers.
Williams, T. R.; Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 384.
Qualitative Analysis |
Gases |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The separation of arsenic in qualitative analysis  Boyd, Clifford C.; Easley, William K.
A separation of arsenic as As(III) has been developed based upon the observation that As(III) is extracted selectively from hydrochloric acid solution of the common cations encountered in the usual qualitative analysis scheme.
Boyd, Clifford C.; Easley, William K. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 384.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
The preparation of barium chloranilate  Thomas, E. B.
The use of barium chloranilate in the colorimetric determination of sulfate offers an effective means of introducing classes in quantitative analysis to indirect, colorimetric procedures.
Thomas, E. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 383.
Qualitative Analysis |
Synthesis
An evaluation of reagents for sulfide precipitation  Page, John O.; Machel, A. R.; Ramsey, J. W.
The comparative efficiencies of four sulfide-precipitating reagents - hydrogen sulfide, ammonium hydrosulfide solution, sodium hydrosulphide solution, and triethylamine solution - are evaluated.
Page, John O.; Machel, A. R.; Ramsey, J. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 382.
Qualitative Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility
Qualitative test for potassium using sodium tetraphenylboron  Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr.
Sodium tetraphenylboron reacts with potassium ions to form a white insoluble compound.
Paul, Armine D.; Gibson, John A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 380.
Qualitative Analysis
A spot test analysis of the group III cations  Marion, Stephen P.; Zlochower, Isaac
This procedure may be used for the direct determination of the group III cations, for a quick confirmation of the results obtained in the regular scheme of analysis, or for teaching another technique in analytical chemistry.
Marion, Stephen P.; Zlochower, Isaac J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 379.
Qualitative Analysis
Glass rod as a stirrer in pH titrations  Venkatachalam, K. A.
This short note describes how a glass rod can be used as a stirrer in potentiometric titrations without interfering with the glass electrode.
Venkatachalam, K. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 301.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane as a titrimetric standard  Whitehead, T. H.
Compares the characteristics of sodium carbonate with tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane as a titrimetric standard.
Whitehead, T. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 297.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Electrodeposition of silver and copper without the use of cyanide  Adams, R. J.; Blaedel, W. J.
This paper describes the investigation of media other than cyanide for separating and depositing silver and copper.
Adams, R. J.; Blaedel, W. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 286.
Electrochemistry
Letters to the editor  Guenther, William B.
The author questions the continued use of two pan balances in the quantitative analysis course.
Guenther, William B. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 257.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A gas chromatography demonstration apparatus  Cowan, Paul J.; Sugihara, James M.
An inexpensive apparatus effects a satisfactory separation of several organic liquids through visual changes in the nature and height of a hydrogen flame carrying each mixture's fractions.
Cowan, Paul J.; Sugihara, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 246.
Gas Chromatography
The dissociation constant of iodic acid: Experiments for the analytical laboratory  Ramette, Richard
This paper describes a replacement for an earlier equilibrium constant experiment.
Ramette, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 191.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium
A simple rapid method for loading paper chromatograms  Chesbro, William
Presents a rapid method for applying small, uniform samples onto chromatography paper.
Chesbro, William J. Chem. Educ. 1959, 36, 83.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Balance instruction by television  Hayes, John R.; Schempf, John M.; Murnin, Joseph A.
Describes the authors' experience in using closed circuit television to teach students in quantitative analysis the technique of weighing with the analytical balance.
Hayes, John R.; Schempf, John M.; Murnin, Joseph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 615.
Instrumental Methods
The random downstream migration of molecules in chromatography  Giddings, J. Calvin
This articles outlines a theory of chromatography based on the classic random-walk problem that involves more physical intuition and less difficult mathematics than current theories.
Giddings, J. Calvin J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 588.
Chromatography
Systematic detection of anions through their parent elements  Caldas, Alcides; Gentil, Vicente
Presents an analysis scheme that aims at the detection of the parent elements of the anions, no matter what their state of combination.
Caldas, Alcides; Gentil, Vicente J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 545.
Qualitative Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A statistical comparison of the gravimetric, Mohr, and Fajans methods for chloride  Park, Bart
Presents a statistical analysis of reports from about 450 beginning quantitative analysis students who examined unknown chloride samples by gravimetric, Mohr, and Fajans methods.
Park, Bart J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 516.
Quantitative Analysis
Exact colorimetric pH determination  Stedman, D. F.
Various combinations of three dyes - brom cresol green, methyl red, and brom phenol blue - are used to determine pH values from 4.3 to 5.8.
Stedman, D. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 456.
pH |
Dyes / Pigments |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Acidity measurements with indicators in glacial acetic acid  Kolling, Orland W.
In the measurement of acidity in glacial acetic acid solutions of acids as strong as perchloric, the color change of a basic indicator may be used.
Kolling, Orland W. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 452.
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Lewis Acids / Bases
An exact titration equation  Bolie, Victor W.
The purpose of this paper is to show the development of a titration equation for a precipitation reaction which is exact in the mathematical sense.
Bolie, Victor W. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 449.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Undergraduate Research
The use of N-chlorosuccinimide for identification of bromide and iodide ions  Filler, Robert
Describes the use of N-chlorosuccinimide as an oxidizing agent in preference to "chlorine water" for the identification of bromide and iodide ions.
Filler, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 407.
Qualitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Separation of copper(II) from cadmium (II) in qualitative analysis  Boyd, Clifford C.; Easley, William K.
This procedure is based on the observation that copper(II) ion is extracted selectively from solutions containing copper(II) and cadmium(II) by a solution of 8-hydroxyquinoline in chloroform.
Boyd, Clifford C.; Easley, William K. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 406.
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A new short method of separating lead from bismuth, copper, and cadmium  Lehrman, Leo
The scheme presented here depends upon the separation of lead ion as a sulfate using ammonium sulfate, rather than sulfuric acid.
Lehrman, Leo J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 406.
Separation Science |
Metals |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A bench-scale preparation of thioacetamide  O'Connor, William F.; Cogswell, George W.; Moriconi, Emil J.
The bench-scale preparation of thioacetamide presented is a modification of an earlier technique.
O'Connor, William F.; Cogswell, George W.; Moriconi, Emil J. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 405.
Synthesis |
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Analysis of mercury(II) salts with thioacetamide  Isenberg, Norbert; Perlman, Elaine M.; Pubyear, Ruby L.; Sparks, Sonia A.
The results of an investigation into the reaction between thioacetamide and mercury(II) salts, which produce a variety a precipitates depending on the concentration of the thioacetamide, the pH of the solution, and the type of acid present in the reaction mixture.
Isenberg, Norbert; Perlman, Elaine M.; Pubyear, Ruby L.; Sparks, Sonia A. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 404.
Quantitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Identification of copper and cadmiumA method without the use of KCN  Husted, Helen G.
In order to avoid the use of very poisonous KCN while retaining the wet basis for the analysis, the author has developed a new method for the separation and identification of copper and cadmium.
Husted, Helen G. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 403.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A spot test for cadmium  Petroccione, John F.
A simple but effective spot test for cadmium can be made with Titan yellow.
Petroccione, John F. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 402.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Separation of arsenic and copper in qualitative analysis  Stock, John T.
Provides a procedure for the separation of arsenic and copper in qualitative analysis.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 402.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The colorimetric detection of arsenic as copper arsenide  Stock, John T.; Garcia, Lucinda M.
A test for detecting arsenic in the presence of antimony.
Stock, John T.; Garcia, Lucinda M. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 401.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The use of "parallel samples" in qualitative analysis courses  Kauffman, George B.
As an alternative to analyzing separately the known and then the unknown, as is done in some schools, the author suggests that the student analyze the known and unknown simultaneously, "in parallel."
Kauffman, George B. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 363.
Qualitative Analysis
Textbook errors: Guest column. The solubility product constants of the metallic sulfides  Waggoner, William H.
This report reviews direct and indirect methods for investigating the solubility of substances, including conductance, potentiometric, optical, equilibrium, and thermodynamic procedures.
Waggoner, William H. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 339.
Precipitation / Solubility |
Equilibrium |
Metals |
Conductivity
Quantitative analysis in the training of chemists: The "unit operations" approach  Benedetti-Pichler, A. A.
Offers suggestions for teaching and laboratory methods and emphases in the quantitative analysis course.
Benedetti-Pichler, A. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 303.
Quantitative Analysis
A simple method for the detection of soluble bicarbonates  Lahiri, Ananta Gopal
The brief notes describes a simple method for the detection of soluble bicarbonates.
Lahiri, Ananta Gopal J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 298.
Qualitative Analysis
Quantitative analysis, Form N  Wilcox, H. E.
Briefly describes the ACS quantitative analysis examination and provides a table of norms.
Wilcox, H. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 245.
Quantitative Analysis
Cell for electrometric microtitrations  Garbarini, Victor C.; Heilveil, Sidney
It is difficult to place all the elements required for microtitrations in a cell of satisfactory size; the cell described eliminates most of those difficulties.
Garbarini, Victor C.; Heilveil, Sidney J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 206.
Electrochemistry |
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Microscale Lab
Titration error in potentiometric precipitation titrations  Hibbits, James O.
Presents mathematical formulations of the titration errors occurring in potentiometric titrations based on both equivalent and molar concentrations.
Hibbits, James O. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 201.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics
Qualitative identification of narcotics by spot test examination  Lampe, Kenneth F.
Provides procedures for the qualitative identification of narcotics table of color reactions of narcotics in spot tests.
Lampe, Kenneth F. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 96.
Qualitative Analysis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals
An experiment on sampling  Bishop, John A.
The author provided students with impure samples in order to show them the importance of having properly taken, uniform samples.
Bishop, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 31.
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis
The solubility product constant for copper iodate: An experiment  Peterson, B. H.
Copper iodate is a salt of moderate solubility, and a titrimetric analysis of an aliquot portion of saturated solution provides the data necessary for the calculation of the solubility product.
Peterson, B. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 612.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Solutions / Solvents |
Physical Properties |
Qualitative Analysis
Student-built spectrofluorometer  Goldstein, Jack M.; McNabb, Wallace M.; Hazel, J. Fred
Presents a student project involving the construction of an inexpensive, practical spectrofluorometer.
Goldstein, Jack M.; McNabb, Wallace M.; Hazel, J. Fred J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 604.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Radioisotopes on your rooftop  Lockhart, Luther, B., Jr.
The collection, recovery, and measurement of radioactive materials from atomic testing can be done through the use of relatively simple procedures and is a good exercise in tracer chemistry.
Lockhart, Luther, B., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 602.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Isotopes
A chromatographic chamber for the student laboratory  Wiggans, Donald S.
The construction of an effective chromatographic tank can be accomplished by means of two beakers.
Wiggans, Donald S. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 536.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The qualitative analysis course should teach analysis  Strong, Frederick C., III
The author examines the practicality of the typical qualitative chemistry course.
Strong, Frederick C., III J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 400.
Qualitative Analysis
Qualitative analysis and analytical chemical separations without the use of sulfides  Vick, Maurice M.; West, Philip W.
The authors argue for the need of qualitative analysis, examine systems of qualitative analysis, and present a qualitative scheme that eliminates the need for sulfides.
Vick, Maurice M.; West, Philip W. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 393.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
What topics belong in a modern course in qualitative analysis?  Gilreath, Esmarch S.
The author focuses particularly on the role of theory and aqueous solutions equilibria in the qualitative analysis course.
Gilreath, Esmarch S. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 391.
Qualitative Analysis |
Equilibrium |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
History of qualitative analysis  Welcher, Frank J.
The author traces the history of qualitative analysis, examining particularly the origin of microanalysis and spot tests.
Welcher, Frank J. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 389.
Qualitative Analysis |
Microscale Lab
Why teach qualitative analysis?  Freiser, Henry
The author examines the depreciation of qualitative analysis and the need for a proper re-evaluation of the course's purpose.
Freiser, Henry J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 387.
Qualitative Analysis
Qualitative analysisWhat, why how? A symposium  Hahn, Richard B.
An introduction to a symposium examining the place, content, and methods of qualitative analysis.
Hahn, Richard B. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 387.
Qualitative Analysis
Identification analysis, a stimulating revival of qualitative analysis  Frank, Richard E.
The author describes the process of identification analysis and provides examples of several identification analyses.
Frank, Richard E. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 383.
Qualitative Analysis
Method for decolorizing chromatography solutions  Radell, Jack; Hunt, P. D.
The decolorizing of a solution of an organic compound prior to chromatography requires heating the prepared solution with carbon black or carbon black and filter aid.
Radell, Jack; Hunt, P. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 380.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
A compact low-cost electrodeposition apparatus  Cook, Clarence L.
Briefly describes a compact low-cost electrodeposition apparatus.
Cook, Clarence L. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 280.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
An automatic titrator  Phillips, John P.
Describes the design and operation of a photoelectric automatic titrator suitable for demonstrations in elementary quantitative analysis.
Phillips, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 203.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
An experiment in flame photometry  Willard, H. H.; Van Lente, K. A.; Van Atta, R. E.
The main objective of this experiment is to introduce to the student the fundamental qualitative and quantitative aspects of flame photometry.
Willard, H. H.; Van Lente, K. A.; Van Atta, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 192.
Instrumental Methods
Letters to the editor  Shevach, Lawrence P.
The author argues that qualitative analysis should be integrated with general chemistry.
Shevach, Lawrence P. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 155.
Qualitative Analysis
The inclusion of tungsten and thallium in the elementary scheme of qualitative analysis  Waters, K. L.; Brockman, C. J.; Waggoner, W. H.
It is the purpose of this paper to present a scheme of analysis for Group I which includes tungsten and thallium.
Waters, K. L.; Brockman, C. J.; Waggoner, W. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 137.
Qualitative Analysis
An apparatus for the microdetermination of melting points  Jennings, Walter G.
Presents a microscope-mounted melting point apparatus constructed from a machined aluminum block.
Jennings, Walter G. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 95.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Physical Properties |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams |
Microscale Lab
A rapid chromatographic analysis of group I cations  Marion, Stephen P.; Psihas, James
This simple experiment makes use of an easy paper technique, is rapid, and requires no special apparatus or reagents.
Marion, Stephen P.; Psihas, James J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 87.
Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis
The use of mass spectrometry in organic analysis  Eliel, Ernest L.; Prosser, Thomas J.; Young, George W.
Examines the applications of mass spectroscopy to organic chemistry, particularly with respect to quantitative analysis.
Eliel, Ernest L.; Prosser, Thomas J.; Young, George W. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 72.
Mass Spectrometry |
Quantitative Analysis
Simple evacuable die for the preparation of potassium bromide discs  White, Emil H.
Provides a description of a simple and reliable evacuable die which can give crystal-clear windows of potassium bromide.
White, Emil H. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 41.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
The use of nephelometric measurements to determine the presence of chelates: A laboratory experiment for an instrumental course  Land, James E.
The experiment presented here has been developed to teach the art and practice of nephelometry and to show the student an application of Job's method of continuous variations to the demonstration of the constitution of an inorganic compound.
Land, James E. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 38.
Coordination Compounds |
Instrumental Methods
An experiment in chemical education: An honors course in analytical chemistry  Bassett, Lewis G.
Describes the organization and evaluation of an honors course in analytical chemistry.
Bassett, Lewis G. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 636.
Qualitative analysis of alloys containing molybdenum  Lehrman, Leo; Schneider, Paul
The object of this work was to develop a semimicro method of qualitative analysis for molybdenum within the framework of a scheme used for the common metals.
Lehrman, Leo; Schneider, Paul J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 621.
Metals |
Qualitative Analysis
Meaningful solubility studies in elementary quantitative analysis  Ramette, R. W.
Presents three experiments in quantitative analysis for an elementary course.
Ramette, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 610.
Quantitative Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility
A formula for indirect gravimetry  Fiekers, B. A.
Derivation of a formula for indirect gravimetry and application to a sample problem.
Fiekers, B. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 575.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis
Gas-phase chromatography: A class experiment  Brennan, Desmond; Kemball, Charles
Recommends an experimental procedure involving gas chromatography and presents the necessary apparatus.
Brennan, Desmond; Kemball, Charles J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 490.
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
Gas-phase chromatography  Lotz, John R.; Willingham, Charles B.
Introduces gas chromatography and describes its associated apparatus and operation.
Lotz, John R.; Willingham, Charles B. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 485.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
The nature of chromatography  Cassidy, Harold G.
Provides a definition of chromatography and a description of gas chromatography.
Cassidy, Harold G. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 482.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis |
Gas Chromatography
Electronics instruction in the instrumental analysis course  Safford, Hurd W.
Presents lecture demonstrations, group laboratory demonstrations, and the construction and testing of basic instruments.
Safford, Hurd W. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 436.
Instrumental Methods
Experience in the teaching of spectrochemical analysis  Devries, Thomas
The purpose of this paper is to present some ideas and relate experiences that may encourage others to include emission spectroscopy in the curriculum.
Devries, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 430.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
The recording potentiometer: Its use in the analytical chemistry laboratory  Ewing, Galen W.
Reviews types of recording potentiometers and their applications in the analytical chemistry laboratory.
Ewing, Galen W. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 424.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Introductory remarks  Laitinen, H. A.
Introductory remarks to symposium on problems in the teaching of instrumental analysis.
Laitinen, H. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 422.
Instrumental Methods
A gas-density balance for student use  Werner, A. E.
Describes a gas-density balance robust enough for student use
Werner, A. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 393.
Gases |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Fluorescent lighting as an analytical hazard  Bishop, John A.
Fluorescent lighting in an analytical laboratory decomposes AgCl precipitates, obscuring certain titrations.
Bishop, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 372.
Photochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Management
A reduced-scale Lassaigne technique: The detection of nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens in organic compounds  Stock, John T.
Presents apparatus that makes use of a reduced-scale Lassaigne technique involving fusion with metallic sodium for the detection of nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens in organic compounds.
Stock, John T. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 345.
Qualitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Principles of the systematic separation of cations  Weisz, Herbert
Lays out approaches to be used in the systematic separation of cations.
Weisz, Herbert J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 334.
Separation Science |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
Partition chromatography: A demonstration  Tracy, Sister Mary Joanna; Sueltenfuss, Sister Elizabeth Anne
This paper describes a method for the preparation of a cellulose column to demonstrate the formation of zones from a cake-dye mixture by development with a butanol-acetic acid-distilled water mixture.
Tracy, Sister Mary Joanna; Sueltenfuss, Sister Elizabeth Anne J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 281.
Chromatography |
Dyes / Pigments |
Separation Science
Simulated research: A Belgian experiment  Delhez, Robert
Describes a simulated research problem in which students are asked to characterize an unknown ion and provides some examples of students' conclusions.
Delhez, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 177.
Undergraduate Research |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Radiometric analysis for chloride ion  Hein, R. E.; McFarland, R. H.
In this experiment the chloride-ion concentration in an unknown solution is determined by the addition of excess silver ion containing radioactive silver.
Hein, R. E.; McFarland, R. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 33.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Isotopes |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
The intermediate course in chemistry  Vosburgh, W. C.; Wilder, Pelham, Jr.; Saylor, J. H.
Describes "Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry," an intermediate chemistry course at Duke University.
Vosburgh, W. C.; Wilder, Pelham, Jr.; Saylor, J. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 641.
The qualitative separation and detection of zinc  Wilkinson, Joseph R.; Sheleck, Edward G.; Sheline, Raymond K.
This paper investigates stages in the inorganic scheme of analysis where the zinc ion could be adsorbed on or coprecipitated with precipitates of other ions.
Wilkinson, Joseph R.; Sheleck, Edward G.; Sheline, Raymond K. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 613.
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Precipitation / Solubility
A chemistry course including both qualitative and quantitative analysis  McDuffie, Bruce
Describes a chemistry course and its experiments that incorporates both qualitative and quantitative analysis.
McDuffie, Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 560.
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Thioacetamide as a source of hydrogen sulfide in qualitative analysis  Lehrman, Leo
Examines the advantages and disadvantages of using a water solution of thioacetamide as a source of hydrogen sulfide to precipitate metal sulfides in qualitative analysis.
Lehrman, Leo J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 474.
Amides |
Qualitative Analysis
Proportional divider for rapid determination of chromatographic Rf values  Houston, David F.
A simple device is described for the rapid determination of chromatography Rf values.
Houston, David F. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 411.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
How to use radiocarbon chemicals in teaching  Robinson, Richard H.
It is the purpose of this article to describe a few representative applications of radiocarbon tracer studies.
Robinson, Richard H. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 370.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Isotopes |
Plant Chemistry
A setup for two-dimensional paper chromatography  Mathew, E. C.; Das, B. M.
A cylinder of filter paper is developed in an enclosure consisting of a desiccator bottom covered by a bell jar.
Mathew, E. C.; Das, B. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 352.
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Letters to the editor  Naiman, Barnet
The author discusses reasons for variations in the solubility products of silver chromate and silver chloride.
Naiman, Barnet J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 338.
Quantitative Analysis |
Precipitation / Solubility |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
The mathematical combination of Lambert's law and Beer's law  Lohman, Fred H.
Presents a mathematically correct combination of Lambert's and Beer's laws.
Lohman, Fred H. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 155.
Chemometrics |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents
Circular-paper chromatography in qualitative analysis  Surak, John G.; Martinovich, Robert J.
Describes procedures for and examples of circular-paper chromatography.
Surak, John G.; Martinovich, Robert J. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 95.
Separation Science |
Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis
Finding the rest point of an undamped analytical balance  Stacy, Irving F.
Provides a mathematical analysis for finding the rest point of an undamped analytical balance.
Stacy, Irving F. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 90.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
Chemometrics
An accuracy-determination chart  Lott, Peter
The chart presented here shows immediately the parts per thousand by which a student varies in his quantitative analysis.
Lott, Peter J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 85.
Quantitative Analysis
Letters to the editor  Blake, G. G.
The author comments on the lack of credit received in the reference list of a previous article.
Blake, G. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 52.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Letters to the editor  Phillips, John P.
Presents an example of a solubility product calculation in quantitative analysis that is of little value.
Phillips, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 52.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Precipitation / Solubility |
Quantitative Analysis
Aids to semimicro qualitative analysis  Pantony, D. A.; Wilson, C. L.
Describes an analysis board, hanging-drop cell and hydrogen sulfide absorption apparatus, and other equipment and procedures developed for semimicro qualitative analysis.
Pantony, D. A.; Wilson, C. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 648.
Microscale Lab |
Qualitative Analysis
A student polarimeter  Nechamkin, Howard
Describes the construction and use of a crude polarimeter suitable for use by students in early chemistry courses.
Nechamkin, Howard J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 579.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Multiple chromatograms for detection of amino acids in blood serum  Ven Horst, Sister Helene; Carstens, Yolanda
A simple piece of equipment was constructed whereby 2 to 16 chromatograms could be run simultaneously and under identical conditions.
Ven Horst, Sister Helene; Carstens, Yolanda J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 576.
Chromatography |
Amino Acids |
Qualitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A new qualitative identification procedure for cobaltous and nickelous ions  Yasuda, Stanley K.; Lambert, Jack L.
The procedure and identification test described here reveals cobaltous ion alone or in the presence of much nickelous ion by selective color formation.
Yasuda, Stanley K.; Lambert, Jack L. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 572.
Qualitative Analysis
Coulometric titrations: A laboratory experiment  Reilley, Charles N.
Describes the advantages of coulometric titrations and the equipment needed to perform a laboratory using these methods.
Reilley, Charles N. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 543.
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
Organic quantitative analysis  Fritz, James S.
Reviews methods associated with the titration of organic acids and bases in nonaqueous solvents.
Fritz, James S. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 468.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Solutions / Solvents
Indeterminate error estimates from small groups of replicates  Johnson, Ralph A.
This paper evaluates the statistics used to estimate the indeterminate error associated with small groups of replicates.
Johnson, Ralph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 465.
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics
The reliability of calculations based upon the law of chemical equilibrium  Deford, Donald D.
Although it is not generally possible to formulate any numerical method for evaluating the reliability of an equilibrium calculation, it is possible to list the factors that must be considered in making such evaluations.
Deford, Donald D. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 460.
Equilibrium |
Solutions / Solvents
The quantitative analysis notebook  Hancock, C. K.
Examines the use of fill-in type laboratory manuals and notebooks for elementary quantitative analysis.
Hancock, C. K. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 433.
Quantitative Analysis
A kinetic interpretation of the Bouguer-Beer law  Goldstein, J. H.; Day, R. A., Jr.
Presents a simple kinetic picture of the Bouguer-Beer law.
Goldstein, J. H.; Day, R. A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 417.
Solutions / Solvents
Photometric titrations  Underwood, Arthur L.
This paper calls to attention the method of photometric titration, its utility and previous applications, and possibilities for future work.
Underwood, Arthur L. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 394.
Photochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Qualitative analysis of alloys containing titanium and vanadium  Lehrman, Leo; Moscowitz, Albert; Schmeltz, Irwin
The purpose of this paper is to develop a semimicro method of qualitative analysis for titanium and vanadium within the framework of a scheme used for the common metals.
Lehrman, Leo; Moscowitz, Albert; Schmeltz, Irwin J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 310.
Metals |
Qualitative Analysis
Some errors in radiation counting  Tomlinson, John D.
Examines sources of errors in radiation counting, including background radiation, randomness of decay, and dead time of the counter.
Tomlinson, John D. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 203.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
A new bridge circuit for conductometric titrations  Svec, Harry J.
This circuit is an alternative to the traditional Wheatstone bridge.
Svec, Harry J. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 193.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Conductivity |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
An alternative method for the calculations of indirect gravimetry  Fiekers, B. A.
This paper adapts calculations of indirect gravimetry to a schematic technique known as alligation alternate.
Fiekers, B. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 100.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Chemometrics
Automatic equipment for precipitation with H2S  Garcia, S. Bartniski
The automatic equipment presented simplifies and improves the safety of precipitations with H2S.
Garcia, S. Bartniski J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 73.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Precipitation / Solubility
The use of a radio-frequency oscillator in student analysis  Hall, James L.; Gibson, John A., Jr.; Phillips, Harold O.; Critchfield, Frank E.
This article sets forth the principles of the conductimetric and dielectric constant method, describes an easily constructed apparatus, and illustrates experimental procedures that may be used for instructional purposes.
Hall, James L.; Gibson, John A., Jr.; Phillips, Harold O.; Critchfield, Frank E. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 54.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Conductivity |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
A cheap hot stage  Kiplinger, C. C.
Describes an inexpensive air bath and its use in melting point determinations.
Kiplinger, C. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 33.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Physical Properties |
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams
The vitamin C content of wild rose hips  Markham, Sister Clare.; Markham, Sister M. Justin
Describes the extraction and determination of the vitamin C content of wild rose hips.
Markham, Sister Clare.; Markham, Sister M. Justin J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 580.
Vitamins |
Natural Products |
Separation Science |
Quantitative Analysis
Investigation of complex metal ions by the polarographic method  Gayer, Karl H.; Demmler, Anita; Elkind, Michael J.
The purpose of this paper is to present in a simplified and readily understandable manner the outline of one of the instrumental methods that, in recent years, has become an increasingly prominent tool in the investigation of complex metal ions.
Gayer, Karl H.; Demmler, Anita; Elkind, Michael J. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 557.
Coordination Compounds |
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
An inexpensive portable electroanalyzer  Farrington, Paul S.; Pecsok, Robert L.
Describes the design and operating characteristics of an electrolytic analyzer.
Farrington, Paul S.; Pecsok, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 461.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
Chromatography as a class unit in qualitative analysis  Surak, John G.; Schlueter, Donald P.
Describes procedures for the chromatographic separation and identification of cations.
Surak, John G.; Schlueter, Donald P. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 457.
Qualitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Metals |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
An interferometer  Malik, Jim G.; Speirs, John L.; Rogers, Max T.
Presents the general theory of interferometery, its uses, and a description of a constructed instrument and its operation.
Malik, Jim G.; Speirs, John L.; Rogers, Max T. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 437.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Carbonate alkalinity indicators  Brooke, Maxey
Compares the properties of a variety of acid / base indicators.
Brooke, Maxey J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 419.
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Permanganate standardization with a Beckman spectrophotometer  Ransford, J. E.
This standardization is suggested as a time saving device that might also give students some experience with the spectrophotometric method.
Ransford, J. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 350.
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
The separation of calcium and strontium in semimicro qualitative analysis  Hahn, Richard B.
Suggests a method for the separation of calcium and strontium in semimicro qualitative analysis that relies on 72% rather than 100% nitric acid.
Hahn, Richard B. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 349.
Metals |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
Electrodeposition apparatus for student laboratories  Elving, Philip J.; Hayes, John R.; Mellon, M. G.
Presents the design of a simple electrodeposition apparatus for student laboratories in quantitative analysis.
Elving, Philip J.; Hayes, John R.; Mellon, M. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 254.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Electrochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
A convenient apparatus for the distillation of solids  Barkley, Lloyd B.; Sneed, James K.; McGrath, Thomas F.; Levine, Robert
This apparatus is designed to overcome common difficulties in the distillation of solids or mixtures of solids.
Barkley, Lloyd B.; Sneed, James K.; McGrath, Thomas F.; Levine, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 115.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Separation Science
Some uses of radio service kits in teaching quantitative analysis  Phillips, John P.
The problem of obtaining inexpensive and practical instruments to supplement conventional equipment specifically designed for chemical purposes has been partially solved by the purchase of radio service instrument kits.
Phillips, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 70.
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Inorganic paper chromatography. II. Separation of groups III, IV, and V  Surak, John G.; Leffler, Norman; Martinovich, Robert
This paper concerns itself with the separation and identification of the cations of Groups IIIa, IIIb, IV, and V.
Surak, John G.; Leffler, Norman; Martinovich, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 20.
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
Chemical analyses in the submicromolar region  Rogers, Lockhart B.
Examines several methods of chemical analyses in the submicromolar region.
Rogers, Lockhart B. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 612.
The Versene complexes  Pecsok, Robert L.
Examines some of the analytical applications of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, with particular reference to polarography.
Pecsok, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 597.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds
Modified Hinsberg procedure  Ritter, Frank O.
Improves the Hinsberg method for differentiating between primary, secondary, and tertiary amines.
Ritter, Frank O. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 506.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis
A simple assembly for conductometric titrations  Thomas, E. B.; Nook, R. J.
The authors have modified a device for conductometric titrations to improve its precision.
Thomas, E. B.; Nook, R. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 491.
Conductivity |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Instructional error in quantitative analysis  Blaedel, W. J.; Jefferson, J. H.; Knight, H. T.
Instructional error is that which is beyond the control of students in making quantitative analyses; illustrates this in the determination of chloride as silver chloride.
Blaedel, W. J.; Jefferson, J. H.; Knight, H. T. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 480.
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Letters  Dorsey, Woodrow W.
It is in the analytical class that the student can discover if he desires to continue as a science major or to go on to some other area.
Dorsey, Woodrow W. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 473.
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
The identification of zinc in the presence of nickel and cobalt  Levine, E. M.; Krakower, Gerald
The presence of nickel and cobalt interfere with the identification of small amounts of zinc.
Levine, E. M.; Krakower, Gerald J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 437.
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
Sources of information on ultraviolet absorption spectrophotometry  Hirt, Robert C.
Provides a bibliography of resources containing information on ultraviolet absorption spectrophotometry.
Hirt, Robert C. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 301.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Chromatographic analysis for metal ions  Fillinger, Harriett H.; Trafton, Lois Ann
Presents the results of research, much of it by undergraduates, regarding the analysis of the silver, copper, arsenic, zinc, aluminum, and alkaline earth groups of metallic ions.
Fillinger, Harriett H.; Trafton, Lois Ann J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 285.
Qualitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Metals |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Undergraduate Research
The course in analytical chemistry  West, Philip W.
Discusses some of the issues involved in designing a course in analytical chemistry.
West, Philip W. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 222.
Quantitative Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
Logarithmic diagrams in trace analysis  Gillis, J.
Illustrates the use of logarithmic diagrams in trace analysis.
Gillis, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 170.
Chemometrics
Acid-base titration curves: An experiment in acidimetry  Hendel, James M.
The purpose of this activity is to introduce a bit of research into the quantitative analysis course and to illustrate the value of titration curves in deciding what indicator should be used for a particular acid-base titration.
Hendel, James M. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 148.
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
A "derivation" of the Nernst equation for elementary quantitative analysis  Meites, Louis
Provides a "derivation" of the Nernst equation for elementary quantitative analysis students who have not had instruction in physical chemistry.
Meites, Louis J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 142.
Quantitative Analysis
A simple preparation of primary-standard sodium chloride  Meites, Louis
This paper describes a method for the purification of sodium chloride that gives a 70 to 80 percent yield with an effective purity of 100 +/- 0.01 percent.
Meites, Louis J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 74.
Synthesis
Undergraduate research projects in qualitative analysis  McDuffie, Bruce
Provides a list of topics for undergraduate research projects in qualitative analysis.
McDuffie, Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 36.
Qualitative Analysis |
Undergraduate Research |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Letters  Hackney, J. C.
The author suggests that it is inappropriate to assume "prior knowledge" in connection with the use of molecular weights in teaching quantitative analysis.
Hackney, J. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 661.
Quantitative Analysis |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Letters  Swinehart, D. F.
The author points out the repeated observation of positive corrections to be made in calibrating Exax burets.
Swinehart, D. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 660.
Calibration |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A comparison of criteria for the rejection of measurements  Blaedel, W. J.; Meloche, V. W.; Ramsay, J. A.
It is the purpose of this paper to discuss and compare some of the accepted criteria for rejection of data, and to sum up the principles on which such rejection may be properly made.
Blaedel, W. J.; Meloche, V. W.; Ramsay, J. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 643.
A quantitative sodium flame test  Kiplinger, C. C.
Describes the modification of a simple spectrophotometer to allow a quantitative sodium flame test.
Kiplinger, C. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 641.
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative paper chromatography for students  Patton, A. R.
Students learn the elementary principles of quantitative paper chromatography by producing a standardized curve for alanine.
Patton, A. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 629.
Chromatography |
Quantitative Analysis |
Amino Acids
Electrolysis with controlled cathode potentials  Foster, Duncan G.
This paper describes the construction of an instrument for the control of a cathode's potential during an electrolysis procedure (a potentiostat) and its use in a quantitative analysis laboratory.
Foster, Duncan G. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 626.
Electrochemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
The detection of nitrite and sulfamate ions in qualitative analysis  Brasted, Robert C.
Suggests an improved test for the nitrite ion and describes its sensitivity and the potential for interference by other ions.
Brasted, Robert C. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 592.
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
A scheme for the qualitative identification of amino acids  Dunn, Max S.; Drell, William
This scheme of analysis has been used to successfully identify seventeen of the naturally occurring amino acids distributed in mixtures containing from two to five components.
Dunn, Max S.; Drell, William J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 480.
Qualitative Analysis |
Amino Acids
A rapid method for routine checking of melting points  Hughes, Virgil E.
Offers a device and procedure for checking the melting points of ten samples simultaneously.
Hughes, Virgil E. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 479.
Phases / Phase Transitions / Diagrams |
Physical Properties |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A course in instrumental analysis  Bassett, Lewis G.; Harley, J. H.; Wiberley, S. E.
A course in instrumental analysis can be conveniently divided into three parts: absorption spectroscopy (including fluorometry), emission spectroscopy, and electrometric procedures. This paper considers each of these fields and discusses student experiments in some detail.
Bassett, Lewis G.; Harley, J. H.; Wiberley, S. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 466.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
The separation of anions by paper partition chromatography  DeLoach, Will S.; Drinkard, Charles
Describes a procedure for the separation of phosphate, arsenate, sulfide, ferricyanide, ferrocyanide, and iodide ions by paper partition chromatography.
DeLoach, Will S.; Drinkard, Charles J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 461.
Separation Science |
Chromatography
Teaching analytical chemistry  Lykken, Louis
Offers suggestions regarding curriculum and instruction in analytical chemistry, from first-year preparation through senior-level coursework.
Lykken, Louis J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 440.
Quantitative Analysis
Titers  West, Philip W.
This discussion is intended to emphasize the need for teaching the methods of calculation that apply to quantitative analysis and to show how such calculations can be taught, or self-taught, by logical development of thought. The pedagogical and practical advantages of the use of the titer method will be stressed in the discussion of calculations pertaining to titrimetric analysis.
West, Philip W. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 437.
Chemometrics |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
An ion-exchange experiment for quantitative analysis  MacNevin, William Marshall; Riley, Mary G.; Sweet, Thomas R.
This experiment demonstrates how ion-exchange resins may be used to simplify the process of inorganic analysis; a sample containing inorganic sulfactes, such as a mixture of ferrous sulfate and ammonium sulfate, is passed through a column of resin of the cation-exchange type.
MacNevin, William Marshall; Riley, Mary G.; Sweet, Thomas R. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 389.
Quantitative Analysis |
Ion Exchange
The use of fluorescence in qualitative analysis  White, Charles E.
It is the purpose of this paper to show that the techniques of fluorescence are simple, that the apparatus required is inexpensive, and to outline procedures that may be used in any scheme of qualitative analysis. Specific tests for aluminum, zinc, boron, sodium, beryllium, thallium, and thorium are described.
White, Charles E. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 369.
Qualitative Analysis |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Letters  Miller, S. Porter
The author defends qualitative analysis from its detractors and argues that it should not be relegated to freshman chemistry.
Miller, S. Porter J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 286.
Qualitative Analysis
A rapid test for castor oil in soaps and lipsticks  Sister M. Clarita Mangold
Makes use of sodium or potassium hydroxide to produce octyl alcohol as a rapid test for castor oil in soaps and lipsticks.
Sister M. Clarita Mangold J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 266.
Qualitative Analysis
An experiment for the pH meter  Pecsok, Robert L.
These procedures are designed for a Beckman Model H-2 line operated pH meter and include standardization, measurement of pH, titration curve of phosphoric acid, standardization of base, and analysis of mixed phosphate solutions.
Pecsok, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 252.
pH |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
The origins of Beer's law  Pfeiffer, Heinz G.; Liebhafsky, Herman A.
Traces the development of Beer's law by examining Beer's original, 1852 paper on the subject.
Pfeiffer, Heinz G.; Liebhafsky, Herman A. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 123.
Solutions / Solvents
The use of starch-iodate paper in qualitative analysis  Lundin, John A.
Describes the preparation of starch-iodate paper and its use in detecting sulfur dioxide and reducing anions.
Lundin, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 122.
Qualitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction